WO2022150993A1 - 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质 - Google Patents

一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022150993A1
WO2022150993A1 PCT/CN2021/071342 CN2021071342W WO2022150993A1 WO 2022150993 A1 WO2022150993 A1 WO 2022150993A1 CN 2021071342 W CN2021071342 W CN 2021071342W WO 2022150993 A1 WO2022150993 A1 WO 2022150993A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
frequency domain
response
domain resource
request
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071342
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
吴作敏
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to CN202180089462.3A priority Critical patent/CN116746250A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2021/071342 priority patent/WO2022150993A1/zh
Publication of WO2022150993A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022150993A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to mobile communication technologies, and in particular, to a wireless communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.
  • NR New Radio
  • FR Frequency range
  • FR2 Frequency range
  • FR2 Frequency range
  • the high frequency band includes licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum, wherein licensed spectrum may also be called unshared spectrum, and unlicensed spectrum may also be called shared spectrum. Because the frequency band is relatively high, the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on the high frequency band is different from the channel access method on the unlicensed spectrum on FR1/FR2. For the unlicensed spectrum on the high frequency band, there is no clear solution on how to support the channel access mode assisted by the receiving side.
  • embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless communication method, apparatus, device, and storage medium, which can implement a receiving-side auxiliary channel access method between a first device and a second device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, including:
  • the first device receives the first control information sent by the second device; the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device;
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, including:
  • the second device sends first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication device, including:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive first control information sent by a second device; the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device;
  • a first determining module configured to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication device, including:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used for the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can be run on the processor, wherein the processor is configured to execute the above-mentioned first step when running the computer program.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a storage medium that stores an executable program, and when the executable program is executed by a processor, implements the wireless communication method of the first device or the wireless communication method of the second device .
  • the wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes: a first device receives first control information sent by a second device; the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device sends A device initiates a request-response process; the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, so as to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, and The response mode of the first device to the second device is determined, so as to realize the information exchange in the channel access process assisted by the receiving side between the first device and the second device.
  • FIG. 1 is an optional schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an interaction flow of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is an optional schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is an optional schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an optional embodiment of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an optional embodiment of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an optional embodiment of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is an optional schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is an optional schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is an optional schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD Time division duplex
  • LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • NR system evolution system of NR system
  • LTE-U NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system on unlicensed frequency bands
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX microwave access
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, or a standalone (Standalone, SA) distribution web scene.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation, CA
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA standalone
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present invention may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present invention may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered unshared spectrum.
  • the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.
  • NTN non-terrestrial communication network
  • TN terrestrial communication network
  • the embodiments of the present invention describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • a mobile phone Mobile Phone
  • a tablet computer Pad
  • a computer with a wireless transceiver function a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device
  • augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present invention may also be referred to as terminal, UE, access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, and mobile equipment , UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks
  • the network device may have a mobile characteristic, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
  • a network device may provide a service for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, the cell corresponding to the base station), the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell). These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • transmission resources for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources
  • the cell may be a network device (
  • the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell).
  • Small cell have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area and may communicate with terminals located within the coverage area.
  • the network device 110 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the
  • the network device can be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future communication system.
  • the communication system 100 also includes at least one terminal 120 located within the coverage of the network device 110 .
  • Terminal includes, but is not limited to, connections via wired lines, such as via Public Switched Telephone Networks (PSTN), Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), digital cable, direct cable connections; and/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, e.g. for cellular networks, Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), digital television networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM A broadcast transmitter; and/or a device of another terminal configured to receive/transmit a communication signal; and/or an Internet of Things (IoT) device.
  • PSTN Public Switched Telephone Networks
  • DSL Digital Subscriber Line
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • digital television networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM A broadcast transmitter
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • a terminal arranged to communicate through a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication terminal", “wireless terminal” or “mobile terminal”.
  • mobile terminals include, but are not limited to, satellite or cellular telephones; Personal Communications System (PCS) terminals that may combine cellular radio telephones with data processing, facsimile, and data communication capabilities; may include radio telephones, pagers, Internet/Intranet PDAs with networking access, web browsers, memo pads, calendars, and/or Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers; and conventional laptop and/or palmtop receivers or others including radiotelephone transceivers electronic device.
  • PCS Personal Communications System
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • a terminal may refer to an access terminal, UE, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user equipment.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop WLL station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing Devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in 5G networks or terminals in future evolved PLMNs, etc.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • direct terminal (Device to Device, D2D) communication may be performed between the terminals 120 .
  • the 5G communication system or the 5G network may also be referred to as an NR system or an NR network.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminals.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals. This embodiment of the present invention This is not limited.
  • the communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120 with a communication function, and the network device 110 and the terminal 120 may be the specific devices described above, which will not be repeated here;
  • the device may further include other devices in the communication system 100, for example, other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may be a direct indication, an indirect indication, or an associated relationship. For example, if A indicates B, it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • corresponding may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or may indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.
  • the indication information in this embodiment of the present invention includes physical layer signaling, such as downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Unit (Media Access Control)).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Media Access Control Unit Media Access Control
  • MAC CE Access Control Element
  • the high-layer parameters or high-layer signaling in this embodiment of the present invention include at least one of system messages, RRC signaling, and MAC CE.
  • predefined may be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (for example, including terminal devices and network devices),
  • the present invention does not limit its specific implementation manner.
  • predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, such as LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in the present invention. .
  • the high frequency band is first described.
  • FR1 and FR2 the frequency domain ranges included in FR1 and FR2 are shown in Table 1.
  • FRX the high frequency band
  • Table 2 the frequency domain range included in the high frequency band
  • FRX can be FR3.
  • the FRX frequency band includes licensed spectrum as well as unlicensed spectrum.
  • the FRX frequency band includes non-shared spectrum or dedicated spectrum, as well as shared spectrum.
  • Unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by countries and regions that can be used for radio equipment communication. This spectrum is generally considered to be shared spectrum, that is, communication equipment in different communication systems can meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply for an exclusive spectrum license from the government.
  • a communication device follows the "Listen Before Talk (LBT)" principle, that is, before a communication device transmits a signal on an unlicensed spectrum channel, it needs to perform channel detection first, and only when the channel detection result is that the channel is idle , the communication device can send the signal; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send the signal.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed a certain duration.
  • the communication device in order to avoid that the power of the signal transmitted on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is too large and affects the transmission of other important signals on the channel, the communication device needs to follow the maximum power spectrum when using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum for signal transmission. Density limit. It should be noted that in some countries or regions, there is no LBT requirement for the unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.
  • the subcarrier spacing considered in the FRX frequency band may be larger than that of FR2, and the current candidate subcarrier spacing includes at least one of the following: 240kHz, 480kHz, 960kHz, 1.902MHz, and 3.84MHz.
  • the corresponding parameter sets (Numerology) under these candidate subcarrier intervals are shown in Table 3 below.
  • subcarrier spacing symbol length NCP length ECP length Symbol Band NCP Length slot length 240kHz 4.16 ⁇ s 0.2902 ⁇ s 1.04 ⁇ s 4.452 ⁇ s 62.5 ⁇ s 480kHz 2.08 ⁇ s 0.146 ⁇ s 0.52 ⁇ s 2.226 ⁇ s 31.25 ⁇ s 960kHz 1.04 ⁇ s 0.073 ⁇ s 0.26 ⁇ s 1.113 ⁇ s 15.625 ⁇ s
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupation Time
  • Channel Occupancy Time refers to the length of time that the channel is used for signal transmission after successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. It can also be considered as the channel occupied after the successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. length of time. Wherein, the signal occupying the channel may be continuous or discontinuous within the time length, and the time length includes the total time for signal transmission by the device initiating the channel occupation and the device sharing the channel occupation.
  • Channel occupation time of network equipment also known as COT initiated by network equipment, it refers to a channel occupation time obtained by network equipment after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the network device can not only be used for transmission by the network device, but also can be used for transmission by the terminal device under certain conditions.
  • UE-initiated COT also known as COT initiated by the terminal device, it refers to the channel occupancy time obtained by the terminal device after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the terminal device can not only be used for transmission by the terminal device, but also can be used for transmission by the network device under certain conditions.
  • Downlink transmission opportunity A group of downlink transmissions (that is, including one or more downlink transmissions) performed by a network device, the group of downlink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple downlink transmissions), or the group of downlink transmissions There are gaps in the downstream transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, eg, 16 microseconds ( ⁇ s) in the FR1 frequency band. If the gap between two downlink transmissions performed by the network device is greater than the preset value of 16 ⁇ s, it is considered that the two downlink transmissions belong to two downlink transmission opportunities.
  • a preset value eg, 16 microseconds ( ⁇ s) in the FR1 frequency band.
  • Uplink transmission opportunity A group of uplink transmissions (that is, including one or more uplink transmissions) performed by a terminal device, the group of uplink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple uplink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group uplink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 ⁇ s. If the gap between two uplink transmissions performed by the terminal device is greater than the preset value of 16 ⁇ s, the two uplink transmissions are considered to belong to two uplink transmission opportunities.
  • the above-mentioned preset value may be other values, for example, 8 ⁇ s.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • Channel Detection Success Also known as LBT Success or Channel Detection Idle.
  • LBT Success also known as Channel Detection Idle.
  • the energy detection in the listening slot on the channel is below the energy detection threshold.
  • Channel Detection Failed Also known as LBT Failure or Channel Detection Busy.
  • the energy detection in the listening slot on the channel is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold.
  • Auxiliary channel monitoring on the receiving side is an LBT method similar to the Request To Send/Clear To Send (RTS/CTS) mechanism of the Wi-Fi system.
  • RTS/CTS Request To Send/Clear To Send
  • the network device before transmitting, the network device first sends an RTS message to inquire whether the terminal device is ready to receive data. After the terminal device receives the RTS message, if the LBT process is successful, it can send a CTS-like message to the network device, such as reporting its own interference measurement results to inform the network device that it is ready to receive data. After the CTS message, downlink transmission can be performed to the terminal device.
  • RTS/CTS Request To Send/Clear To Send
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not receive the RTS message, or the terminal device receives the RTS message but cannot send the CTS message due to the failure of the LBT process, the terminal device will not send the CTS message to the network device, and the network device will not receive the CTS message from the terminal device. In the case of a message, the downlink transmission to the terminal device can be abandoned.
  • the LBT mode (ie, the channel access mode) can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, receiving-side auxiliary LBT, and no LBT.
  • the channel access method without LBT it may also need to be limited by, for example, automatic transmit power control (Automatic Transfer Power Control, ATPC), dynamic frequency selection (Dynamic frequency selection, DFS), long-term interference detection or other interference elimination. mechanism and other conditions.
  • switching can be performed between channel access with LBT and channel access without LBT.
  • the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX frequency band is different from the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FR1 frequency band.
  • a channel access method based on transceiver interaction which is also called an auxiliary channel access method on the receiving side, may be introduced on the FRX. If the NR-U system on the FRX frequency band is to support the way of assisting the LBT on the receiving side, when the terminal device receives the request to send information, how to send the corresponding response information, there is no clear solution at present.
  • the following technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention are proposed, and the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to, but not limited to, unlicensed spectrum on FRX.
  • An optional processing flow of the wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, which is applied to the first device, as shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 , includes the following steps:
  • the first device receives the first control information sent by the second device.
  • the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless communication method, which is applied to the second device, as shown in FIG. 4 ,
  • the second device sends first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • the request-response procedure is used to assist channel detection by the second device, or to assist channel access by the second device.
  • the request-response procedure is used to assist the channel detection of the first device, or to assist the channel access of the first device.
  • the request-response process may include an RTS/CTS transmission process as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the request-response process may include: the second device initiates a request to the first device, such as sending transmission request information, and the first device sends a response to the second device after receiving the request sent by the second device information.
  • the first device sends response information to the second device if certain conditions are met.
  • the first device may be a terminal device or a network device
  • the second device may be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first device is a network device
  • the second device is a terminal device.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a terminal device.
  • the response information includes Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information, or the response information only includes Acknowledgement (ACK) information.
  • HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or Negative Acknowledgement (Negative Acknowledgement, NACK) information.
  • the response information includes measurement information of the first device, for example, channel state information (Channel State Information, CSI) measurement results, beam information, precoding information, interference measurement results, radio resource management ( Radio Resource Management (RRM) or Radio Link Management (Radio Link Management, RLM) measurement results, etc.
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • RRM Radio Resource Management
  • RLM Radio Link Management
  • the acknowledgment information is used to indicate to the second device whether the transmission is allowed, for example, ACK indicates that the transmission is allowed, and NACK indicates that the transmission is not allowed.
  • the acknowledgement information is used to indicate to the second device that transmission is permitted.
  • the first control information may be transmitted through a physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), that is, the first control information may be carried in the PDCCH.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the first control information may be transmitted through a Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH), that is, the PSCCH may carry the first control information.
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • the first control information may be carried by a physical signal such as a reference signal.
  • the above process may include: a first device receiving a reference signal sent by a second device, where the reference signal is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the reference signal.
  • whether the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information includes one of the following two situations:
  • Case 1 If it is determined according to the first control information that the first device initiates a request-response process to the second device, the first device determines to send the response information to the second device;
  • Case 2 If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send the response information to the second device .
  • the second device determines to receive the response information from the first device ;
  • the second device determines not to receive the response information from the first device.
  • the second device determines to receive the response information from the first device, and in the case that the first device sends the response information, receives the response information sent by the first device.
  • the second device determines to receive the response information from the first device, and in the case that the first device does not send the response information, does not receive the response information sent by the first device.
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, including:
  • the first device determines to send first response information to the second device; the first The reply message indicates that the transmission is permitted; or,
  • the first device determines to send second response information to the second device or not to send a response message; the second response message indicates that transmission is not allowed; or,
  • the first device determines to send the second device to the second device. the device sends the first response information;
  • the first device determines to send the request to the first device.
  • the second device sends the second response information or does not send the response information.
  • the second device determines to receive the received data according to the first control information. the first response information of the first device; or,
  • the second device determines, according to the first control information, to receive the first device's The second response information or not receiving the response information of the first device, wherein,
  • the first response information indicates that the transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that the transmission is not allowed.
  • the first device determines to send the response information to the second device, as shown in FIG. 5 , after S302, optionally, it further includes:
  • the first device sends response information to the second device.
  • the first device determines not to send the response information to the second device, the first device ends the process.
  • the second device determining to receive the response information of the first device includes: the second device receiving the response information of the first device.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to at least one of the following information: beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, and frequency domain resources Instructions.
  • the second device receives the response information from the first device according to at least one of the following information: beam indication information, response resource indication information, and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device sends response information to the second device according to the beam indication information.
  • the second device sends the response information to the second device according to the response resource indication information.
  • the first device sends response information to the second device according to the wave channel access indication information.
  • the first device sends response information to the second device according to the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device sends response information to the second device according to the beam indication information and the channel access indication.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the response resource indication information, the channel access indication information and the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device determines at least one of the following according to the beam indication information: the beam used for sending the response information to the second device, sending the response information to the second device The beam used in the corresponding channel access process.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the beam indication information, where the beam indication information includes first beam information, and the first beam information is used to determine the first beam The beam used by a device to transmit the reply message.
  • the first beam information may be beam information used for sending reply information.
  • the first beam information may be information of a first reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the acknowledgement information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the acknowledgement information, such as an index of the first reference signal.
  • the second device receives the response information of the first device according to the beam indication information, where the beam indication information includes first beam information, and the first beam information is used to determine the first beam information.
  • the beam used by the second device to receive the response information is used to determine the first beam information.
  • the first beam information may be used to determine the beam in which the reply information is received.
  • the second device determines the beam used for receiving the response information according to the correspondence between the receiving and sending beams.
  • the first beam information includes: first reference signal information associated with the response information.
  • the first beam information includes a first reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured with multiple first reference signal indexes associated with the transmission of the response information, and the terminal device selects the first reference signal from the multiple indices according to the first beam information in the beam indication information.
  • the target first reference signal index currently used to transmit the response information is determined from the first reference signal indices, so as to determine the beam used for transmitting the response information, or determine to transmit the response information according to the target first reference signal index.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured with a first reference signal index associated with the transmission of response information, and the first beam information includes the first reference signal index.
  • the terminal device determines that the first reference signal index is associated with the first reference signal index when currently used to transmit the response information, thereby determining the beam used for transmitting the response information, or determines to transmit the response information according to the first reference signal index.
  • the first reference signal index associated with the response information includes a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) index.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the manner of determining the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • Determination method A determined according to high-level parameters
  • Determination method A2 indicated by the second device
  • Determination method A3 predefined.
  • the first beam information is determined according to preconfigured high-layer parameters.
  • the high-level parameters may be configured by the network device or configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device configured with the high-level parameters may be a terminal device with a control function.
  • the terminal device with control function is the group head terminal of the terminal group to which it belongs.
  • the first device determines, according to a high-layer parameter, first reference signal information associated when transmitting the response information.
  • the first device is preconfigured with a plurality of first reference signal indices associated with the transmission of the response information by high-layer parameters, and determines the first reference signal index associated with the transmission of the response information from the plurality of first reference signal indices associated with the transmission of the response information according to the MAC CE indication.
  • the target first reference signal index associated when transmitting the response information so as to determine the information of the reference signal corresponding to the beam used when transmitting the response information.
  • the first beam information may not be included in the first control information.
  • the first beam information is indicated by the second device.
  • the second device may indicate the first beam information through the indication information.
  • the indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes beam indication information, where the beam indication information is used to indicate the first beam information.
  • the first device may determine the first beam information according to the beam indication information.
  • the first beam information is predefined.
  • the first device may pre-store a corresponding code, a table, or other methods that may be used to indicate the first beam information.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not make any limitation on the predefined manner of the first beam indication information, for example, predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the first beam information may not be included in the first control information.
  • the first beam information is determined according to preconfigured high-layer parameters and indication information of the second device.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device
  • the terminal device is preconfigured with multiple first reference signal indexes associated with transmission of the response information
  • the first control information includes beam indication information
  • the beam indication The information includes first beam information.
  • the terminal device determines, from the plurality of first reference signal indices, the target first reference signal index that is currently used to transmit the response information according to the first beam information, so as to determine the beam used for transmitting the response information, or determine the target first reference signal index according to the target first reference signal index.
  • a reference signal index transmits the acknowledgement information.
  • the first device is configured with a first beam information set
  • the first beam information set includes a plurality of first beam information
  • the beam indication information is used to obtain information from the first beam information set indicates the target first beam information.
  • each first beam information corresponds to a corresponding index
  • the beam indication information may be used to indicate an index of the target first beam information.
  • the first beam information set is configured by a network device or a terminal device with control capability, or is predefined.
  • the first device is configured with a first beam information set, and the first beam information set includes a first beam information, and the first device can use the configured first beam information,
  • the beam indication information is not used to determine the first beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the first beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the first beam information to the first device.
  • the beam indication information includes second beam information, where the second beam information is used to determine a beam used by the first device in a channel access process corresponding to the response information.
  • the first device determines the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to the second beam information.
  • the channel access process corresponding to the response information is the LBT process (ie, the channel detection process) corresponding to the response information.
  • the second beam information may include one or more of beam information associated with the response information, beam information associated with the first control information, and beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the physical channel is the physical channel corresponding to the request-response process.
  • the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first transmission configuration indicator Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • the second transmission configuration associated with a physical channel indicates TCI information or third reference signal information associated with the physical channel, where the physical channel includes a physical channel corresponding to the request-response process.
  • the second beam information is determined according to at least one of first reference signal information, second reference signal information, and third reference signal information.
  • the reference signal information may include a reference signal index.
  • the second beam information is determined according to at least one of a first reference signal index, a second reference signal index, and a third reference signal index.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the first reference signal information may include an SRS index associated with the response information
  • the second device is a network device
  • the second reference signal information may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) index associated with the first control information, or a channel state information reference signal ( Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) index.
  • SSB Synchronization Signal Block
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • the first control information may be transmitted through PDCCH.
  • the second device is a network device
  • the third reference signal information may include an SSB index associated with the physical channel transmission, or a CSI-RS index.
  • the physical channel may include a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH).
  • the beam information associated with the first control information may be beam information used to transmit the first control information, or beam information used to determine a transmission beam of the first control information.
  • the beam information associated with the first control information may be information of a second reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the first control information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the first control information, such as the first 2 The index of the reference signal or the second TCI information.
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel may be beam information for transmitting the physical channel.
  • the beam used for transmitting the physical channel may be determined according to the beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel may be information of a third reference signal having a QCL relationship with the physical channel, such as an index of the third reference signal or third TCI information.
  • the TCI indication information may be used to indicate a quasi-co-located (Quasi-co-located, QCL) reference signal corresponding to a downlink signal or a downlink channel, so that the receiving end can perform a downlink signal or downlink channel based on the QCL reference signal. reception.
  • QCL quasi-co-located
  • the TCI indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • TCI state ID used to identify a TCI state
  • a QCL information also includes the following information:
  • QCL type (type) configuration which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;
  • the QCL reference signal configuration includes the ID of the cell where the reference signal is located, the BWP ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or an SSB index).
  • the QCL type of at least one of QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.
  • 'QCL-TypeA' ⁇ Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread ⁇ ;
  • the manner of determining at least one of the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • Determination method B1 determined according to high-level parameters
  • Determination mode B2 indicated by the second device
  • the determination manner B1 at least one type of information in the second beam information is determined according to preconfigured high-layer parameters.
  • the high-level parameters may be configured by the network device or configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device configured with the high-level parameters may be a terminal device with a control function.
  • the terminal device with control function is the group head terminal of the terminal group to which it belongs.
  • the first control information may not include or be used to determine the information or pieces of information in the second beam information.
  • At least one type of information in the second beam information is indicated by the second device.
  • the second device may indicate at least one type of information in the second beam information through the indication information.
  • the indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes beam indication information, where the beam indication information is used to indicate at least one type of information in the second beam information.
  • the first device may determine at least one type of information in the second beam information according to the first control information.
  • the first control information includes at least one type of information in the second beam information.
  • the first device may pre-store a corresponding code, a table, or other methods that may be used to indicate the second beam information.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not make any limitation on the predefined manner of the second beam indication information, for example, predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the first control information may not include or be not used to indicate the information or the information in the second beam information.
  • the first device is configured with a second beam information set
  • the second beam information set includes a plurality of second beam information
  • the beam indication information is used to obtain information from the second beam information set in indicates the target second beam information.
  • each second beam information corresponds to a corresponding index
  • the beam indication information may be used to indicate the index of the target second beam information.
  • the second beam information set is configured by a network device or a terminal device with a control function, or is predefined.
  • the first device is configured with a second beam information set, and the second beam information set includes one second beam information, then the first device can use the configured one second beam information, In this case, the beam indication information is not used to determine the second beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the second beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the second beam information to the first device.
  • the beam information associated with the response information in the second beam information is determined according to high-level parameters or indicated or predefined by the second device; and/or the first control information in the second beam information is associated with The beam information is determined according to high-level parameters or indicated or predefined by the second device; and/or the beam information associated with the physical channel in the second beam information is determined according to high-level parameters or determined by the second device. Indicated or predefined.
  • the beam information associated with the response information in the second beam information is determined by the determination method B1.
  • the beam information associated with the first control information in the second beam information is determined by the determination method B2.
  • different information in the second beam information may be determined by the same determination manner, or may be determined by different determination manners.
  • the beam information associated with the response information of the second beam information, the beam information associated with the first control information, and the beam information associated with the physical channel are all determined by a determination method B1.
  • the beam information associated with the response information is determined by the determination method B1
  • the beam information associated with the first control information is determined by the determination method B2
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel is determined by the determination method B3.
  • the beam information associated with the response information is determined by the determination method B2
  • the beam information associated with the first control information is determined by the determination method B2
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel is determined by the determination method B3.
  • the second beam information when the second beam information includes multiple pieces of the following information: first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information, first transmission configuration indication information associated with the first control information, or the first The second reference signal information associated with the control information, the second transmission configuration indication information associated with the physical channel, or the third reference signal information associated with the physical channel.
  • the beam used by the first device in the channel access process corresponding to the response information may be determined according to at least one of the determination manner B1, the determination manner B2, and the determination manner B3.
  • the second beam information includes first reference signal information, second reference signal information, third reference signal information, first transmission configuration indication information, and second transmission configuration indication information
  • the first device determines to use the The first transmission configuration indication information in the second beam information determines the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the response information.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second beam information is associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information, or the second beam information is associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information.
  • the second TCI information or the third reference signal information is associated.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information, or the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the channel access process corresponding to the response information. associated with the second TCI information or the third reference signal information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the channel access process corresponding to the response information and the first TCI information or the second reference signal information or the second TCI information or the third The reference signal information is associated, or the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the acknowledgement information is associated with the first reference signal information.
  • the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information, or is also associated with the second TCI information or the third reference signal information, which is determined according to a high layer parameter. In other words, whether the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first control information or is associated with the physical information is determined according to a high-level parameter.
  • the association between the second beam information and the first reference signal information may refer to: the second beam information corresponds to the first reference signal information, or the second beam information is based on the first reference signal information.
  • a reference signal information is determined.
  • the association between the second beam information and the first TCI information or the second reference signal information may refer to: the second beam information corresponds to the first TCI information or the second reference signal information, or , the second beam information is determined according to the first TCI information or the second reference signal information, or the second beam information includes the first TCI information or the second reference signal information.
  • the association between the second beam information and the second TCI information or the third reference signal information may refer to: the second beam information corresponds to the second TCI information or the third reference signal information, or , the second beam information is determined according to the second TCI information or the third reference signal information, or the second beam information includes the second TCI information or the third reference signal information.
  • the second indication information includes 1 bit, and when the 1 bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the second beam information is associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information; When 1 bit indicates another preset value such as "0", it is used to indicate that the second beam information is associated with the second TCI information or the third reference signal information.
  • the first device completes the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to at least one of the second beam information and the second indication information. For example, if the second indication information indicates that the second beam information is associated with the second reference signal information, the first device determines the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to the second reference signal information or, if the second indication information indicates that the second beam information is associated with the third reference signal information, the first device determines, according to the third reference signal information, that the response information corresponds to The beam used in the channel access process.
  • the first beam information has an associated relationship with beam information associated with the first control information or has an associated relationship with beam information associated with a physical channel; or, the first beam information is based on the The beam information associated with the first control information is determined or determined according to the beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the physical channel includes a physical channel corresponding to the request-response process.
  • the physical channel here includes the physical channel transmitted after the request-response process (eg, after the first device sends the response information to the second device).
  • the beam information associated with the first control information includes first TCI information associated with the first control information or second reference signal information such as a second reference signal index associated with the first control information.
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel includes second TCI information associated with the physical channel or third reference signal information such as a third reference signal index associated with the physical channel.
  • the first device determines the first beam information according to at least one of a high-layer parameter configuration, an indication of the second device, and a predefined manner, where the first beam information is the same as the At least one of the following information is associated: first reference signal information, second reference signal information, third reference signal information, first TCI information, and second TCI information.
  • the first device determines according to the corresponding relationship between the transceiving beams the first beam information, thereby determining the beam used for transmitting the reply information.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information
  • the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information.
  • beam information may be replaced with reference signal information or reference signal index or TCI information.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • Resource information the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • Time domain location information where the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • DAI Downlink assignment index
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the response resource indication information may include at least one of the foregoing information.
  • the first device determines at least one of the response resource, the time domain location of the response resource, the downlink allocation indication information, and the power control information according to the response resource indication information, and according to the determined response resource, the time domain location of the response resource, the downlink At least one item of indication information and power control information is allocated, and response information is sent to the second device.
  • the first device determines the resource information according to the response resource indication information, determines the response resource according to the resource information, and transmits the response information through the response resource.
  • the second device receives the response information of the first device according to the response resource indication information.
  • the second device determines at least one of a response resource and a codebook arrangement corresponding to the response information according to the response resource indication information, and receives the response information from the first device.
  • the response resource includes one of the following resources: a physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) resource, a physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource, SRS resource, physical sideline feedback channel ( Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel, PSFCH) resources and Physical Uplink Shared Channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) resources.
  • a physical uplink control channel Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH
  • a physical random access channel Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH
  • SRS resource Physical sideline feedback channel
  • Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel, PSFCH Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel
  • Physical Uplink Shared Channel Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the response resource when the information determined by the response resource indication information includes information one, the response resource includes PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or, the response resource includes PRACH resources, and the resource information including random access preamble sequence index information; or, the response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource information; or, the response resources include PSFCH resources, and the resource information includes PSFCH resource information; or, all The response resources include PUSCH resources, and the resource information includes PUSCH resource allocation information.
  • the response resource indication information includes PUCCH resource indication information
  • the first device determines the PUCCH resource for sending the response information according to the PUCCH resource indication information, and sends the response information through the determined PUCCH resource.
  • the PUCCH resource indication information includes a PUCCH resource indicator.
  • the first device determines a PUCCH resource for transmitting the acknowledgement information from the PUCCH resource set according to the PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the response resource indication information includes random access preamble index (Random Access Preamble index) information and/or PRACH resource set information, and the response information includes the random access preamble index corresponding to the random access preamble sequence, the first device sends the random access preamble sequence on the determined PRACH resource.
  • Random Access Preamble index Random Access Preamble index
  • a PRACH resource set is preconfigured in the first device, and the first device determines a PRACH resource for transmitting the response information according to the PRACH resource set.
  • a PRACH resource set is preconfigured in the second device, and the second device detects or receives the response information on the PRACH resource determined from the PRACH resource set for transmitting the response information.
  • a network device or a terminal device with a control function configures a PRACH resource set or a preset PRACH resource set through a system message.
  • the response resource indication information includes SRS resource information
  • the first device determines the SRS resource used for sending the response information according to the SRS resource information
  • the second device determines the SRS resource used for receiving the response information according to the SRS resource information.
  • the SRS resource information is used to determine time domain location information, and/or frequency domain location information, and/or SRS index information of the SRS resource.
  • the time domain location information of the SRS resource includes the number of symbols included in the corresponding time slot of the SRS.
  • the first control information may be public control information or dedicated control information.
  • the second device may send the first control information to one or more first devices.
  • the response resources used by the multiple first devices to send the permission information may be in the same time unit.
  • the response resources corresponding to the multiple first devices are on the same time-frequency unit.
  • the response resources corresponding to different first devices can be distinguished by reference signal sequences or beams, that is, by reference signal sequences or beams. Response information sent by different first devices on the same time-frequency unit.
  • the first device determines the time domain location information according to the response resource indication information, determines the time domain location of the response resource according to the time domain location information, and sends a response according to the determined time domain location. information.
  • the information determined by the response resource indication information includes information two
  • the response resources include PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) feedback timing indication information; or,
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,
  • the acknowledgement resources include SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time domain locations corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the acknowledgement resources include PUCCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate the values in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be preset or configured by the network device, and the HARQ feedback timing set includes at least one K1 value.
  • the response resource indication information may not include the HARQ feedback timing indication, and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource is determined according to the K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the acknowledgement resource indication information may include a HARQ feedback timing indication, and the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate a K1 value from the HARQ feedback timing set, the PUCCH The time domain position of the response resource is determined according to the K1 value.
  • the number of bits corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing indication information may be determined according to the number of K1 values in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set is preset, and the preset value is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device includes 4 values, and the HARQ feedback timing indication information includes 2 bits.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 00, it indicates the first value in the HARQ feedback timing set, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 01, it indicates the second value in the HARQ feedback timing set, and so on.
  • the PUCCH response resource is used for transmitting PUCCH format 0.
  • the acknowledgement resources include PSFCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PRACH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources.
  • the random access channel transmission opportunity includes the PRACH Mask index.
  • the acknowledgment resources include SRS resources
  • the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the time unit information corresponding to the SRS resource includes at least one of information such as a time slot corresponding to the SRS, a start symbol of the SRS in the corresponding time slot, and the like.
  • the response information corresponding to multiple frequency domain resources may be transmitted through PUCCH. If the first device needs to feed back response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource through a physical channel or physical signal, the response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource may be transmitted through PUCCH, PRACH or SRS.
  • the one physical channel or physical signal may be a PUCCH
  • the second device may receive the response corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources through the PUCCH. information.
  • the response information of one frequency domain resource corresponds to one physical channel or physical signal
  • the one physical channel or physical signal may be PUCCH, PRACH or SRS
  • the second device may receive the corresponding one frequency domain resource through the PUCCH, PRACH or SRS response information.
  • the network device can synthesize the service load of the terminal devices in the cell, and flexibly configure the resource type corresponding to the response information for different terminal devices, so that the response resources of different terminal devices can be multiplexed and the efficiency of spectrum resource utilization can be improved.
  • the DAI information may include DAI count (counter DAI, C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (Total Downlink Assignment Index, T-DAI) information.
  • the first device may determine the DAI information according to the response resource indication information, and determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook according to the DAI information.
  • the first device determines the power control information according to the response resource indication information, the first device determines the transmission power for transmitting the response information according to the power control information, and sends the response according to the determined transmission power. information.
  • the power control information is TPC command information (TPC command for scheduled PUCCH) for PUCCH.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the response resource indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the determination method C1 is determined according to high-level parameters
  • the determination method C1 at least one type of information in the response resource indication information is determined according to preconfigured high-level parameters.
  • the high-level parameters may be configured by the network device or configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device configured with the high-level parameters may be a terminal device with a control function.
  • the terminal device with control function is the group head terminal of the terminal group to which it belongs.
  • the first control information may not include the information or the pieces of information in the response resource indication information.
  • the first device is configured with the interval value by the high-level parameter, then the interval between the time domain location of the response resource and the time domain location of the first control information is the interval value, or The interval between the response resource and the time domain position of the first control information is the first available response resource after the interval value.
  • the first device When the interval between the time domain position of the response resource and the time domain position of the first control information is the interval value, the first device sends the response information at the position where the interval from the time domain position of the first control information is the interval value . Accordingly, the second device receives the reply message at the location.
  • the first device is configured with an interval value of Ka by a high layer parameter, and the first device receives the first control information on time slot n, and sends response information on time slot n+Ka.
  • the interval between the response resource and the time domain position of the first control information is the first available response resource after the interval value
  • the interval between the first device and the time domain position of the first control information is equal to the interval value.
  • the reply message is sent on the first available reply resource after the position.
  • the interval value Ka is configured by a high-level parameter in the first device, and the first device receives the first control information on time slot n, and the location of the response resource is to satisfy the interval value condition, such as time slot n.
  • the first available answer resource after +Ka.
  • At least one type of information in the response resource indication information is indicated by the second device.
  • the second device may indicate at least one type of information in response resource indication information through the indication information.
  • the indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes response resource indication information, where the response resource indication information is used to indicate at least one type of information associated with the response resource.
  • the first device may determine at least one type of information in the response resource indication information according to the first control information.
  • the second device may configure multiple interval values through high-layer parameters, and indicate which value of the multiple interval values should be used through the response resource indication information in the first control information.
  • the interval value can determine the time domain location of the reply resource.
  • At least one type of information in the response resource indication information is predefined.
  • the first device or the second device may store in advance corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to determine at least one type of information in the response resource indication information.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not make any limitation on the predefined manner of at least one kind of information in the response resource indication information, for example, predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the first control information may not include the information or the indication information of the information in the response resource indication information.
  • the time domain location information in the determination method C1 is taken as an example, in the determination method C3, the time domain location information is predefined, or in other words, the aforementioned interval value may be predefined. Specifically, if the interval value is predefined in the first device, the interval between the time domain position of the response resource and the time domain position of the first control information is the interval value, or the time domain position of the response resource and the first control information The interval between is the first available reply resource after the interval value.
  • the foregoing description which will not be repeated here.
  • the resource information in the response resource indication information is determined according to a high-level parameter or indicated or predefined by the second device; and/or the time domain location information in the response resource indication information is based on a high-level parameter
  • the parameter is determined or indicated or predefined by the second device; and/or the downlink allocation indication information in the response resource indication information is determined according to a higher layer parameter or indicated or predefined by the second device; And/or the power control information in the response resource indication information is determined according to a higher layer parameter or indicated or predefined by the second device.
  • the resource information in the response resource indication information is determined by the determination method C1.
  • the time domain location information in the response resource indication information is determined by the determination method C2.
  • different information included in the response resource indication information may be determined by the same determination manner, or may be determined by different determination manners.
  • the resource information, time domain location information, and downlink allocation indication information in the response resource indication information are determined by the determination method C1.
  • the resource information and the time domain location information in the response resource indication information are determined by the determination method C2, and the downlink allocation indication information is determined by the determination method C3.
  • the determination method C2 is used as an example, the first device is configured or pre-defined with multiple response resources through high-level parameters or system information, and the second device is configured through the first control information.
  • the response resource indication information in the first control information indicates which response resource should be used among the plurality of response resources, and the first device determines the response resource for sending the response information from the plurality of response resources through the response resource indication information in the first control information.
  • the second device configures or pre-defines a response resource through high-level parameters or system information.
  • the response resource indication information in the first control information does not include resource information for determining the response resource.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the length of the extended cyclic prefix (Cyclic Prefix Extension, CPE) corresponding to the response information.
  • the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the CPE length of the first symbol of the response information, that is, the channel access indication information is used to determine the CPE length of the first symbol of the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots.
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the first type of channel access may include a first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the second type of channel access may include a second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a second type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information may be one of the following:
  • Channel access without channel detection the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection, the corresponding A second type of channel access for omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information used to indicate the channel access mode and indication information used to indicate the length of the CPE; or, the channel access indication information is used to indicate The channel access mode and the CPE length are jointly coded.
  • the channel access mode and the CPE length may be indicated by different information, or may be indicated by the same information.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information
  • the first channel access indication information corresponds to a group of configurations in the first configuration set
  • each group of configurations in the first configuration set Including channel access mode and/or extending the cyclic prefix CPE length.
  • the first configuration set includes a set of configurations, where the set of configurations is used to indicate that the channel access mode is channel access without channel detection and/or the CPE length is 0.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information and the second channel access indication information, and the first channel access indication information is used to indicate one of the at least one channel access mode.
  • the second channel access indication information is used to indicate one of at least one CPE length.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection.
  • the channel detection beam type may be omnidirectional or directional.
  • the channel detection beam direction may be a specifically associated beam direction or reference signal index or TCI information.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is determined based on high-level parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or predefined; And/or, the channel detection beam direction (that is, the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or predefined.
  • the first device determines to send the response information (eg, ACK information) to the second device, and when the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed, the The first device sends the response information to the second device; in the case that access to the channel corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the response information to the second device.
  • the response information eg, ACK information
  • the second device if the second device receives the response information (eg, ACK information), it is determined that wireless communication can be performed to the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission. If the second device receives the NACK information or does not receive any response information, it may be determined not to perform wireless communication with the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission.
  • the response information eg, ACK information
  • the second device in the case where channel detection is required for transmission from the second device to the first device, the second device needs to perform channel detection before transmission, and if the channel detection is successful, it can perform wireless communication with the first device For example, downlink transmission or sideline transmission is performed.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to when the second device sends the first control information to the first device is determined and/or predefined based on high-layer parameters.
  • the channel access indication information indicates channel access without channel detection, and the terminal device may not perform LBT before transmitting the response information.
  • the first device determines that the channel access mode is directional channel detection
  • the first device determines beam information associated with the channel access mode according to the second beam information.
  • the terminal device performs channel detection according to the associated beam information.
  • the terminal device determines that the channel access in the channel access process corresponding to the response information is omnidirectional. channel access.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the channel access indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the determination method D1 is determined according to high-level parameters
  • the high-level parameters may be configured by the network device or configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device configured with the high-level parameters may be a terminal device with a control function.
  • the first device determines a channel access mode corresponding to the response information according to a high-layer parameter.
  • the first control information may not include this type of information in the channel access indication information.
  • the second device may indicate the channel access method corresponding to the response information and/or the CPE length corresponding to the response information through the indication information.
  • the indication information is carried by the first control information.
  • the first control information includes channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information indicates channel access without channel detection, and the terminal device may not perform channel access before transmitting the response information.
  • the first device may store in advance a corresponding code, a table, or other manners that may be used to indicate channel access indication information.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not make any limitation on the predefined manner of the channel access indication information, for example, the predefined manner may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the first control information may not include this type of information in the channel access indication information.
  • the first device determines the channel access mode corresponding to the response information according to a predefined rule.
  • the predefined rules include one of the following:
  • Rule A2 if certain conditions are met, no channel detection is performed before the response information is sent.
  • the predefined rule includes one of the following:
  • Rule B1 do the second type of channel access before sending the response information
  • Rule B2 Under certain conditions, perform channel access of the second type before sending the response information.
  • the predetermined rule is that the conditions in rule A2 or rule B2 include at least one of the following:
  • Condition 1 the interval between the end position of the first control information and the start position of the response information is less than or equal to the first preset value
  • Condition 2 The transmission of the response information satisfies a certain duty cycle restriction.
  • the duty cycle of the response information transmission is the second preset value.
  • the second preset value is 1/20.
  • the transmission of the response information satisfies a certain duty cycle restriction, including: the time domain resource occupied by the transmission of the response information in the first cycle does not exceed a third preset value.
  • the length of the first period is 100ms, and/or the third preset value is 10ms.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the frequency domain resource indication information; the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine the first device corresponding to the request-response process. a frequency domain resource.
  • the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, wherein the at least one frequency domain resource is based on
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is determined.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the frequency domain resource indication information; the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine the first device corresponding to the request-response process.
  • At least one frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the first device includes at least one cell, wherein the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • BWP Bandwidth Part
  • the frequency domain resources corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set configured by the first device includes at least one frequency domain resource set, wherein the frequency domain resources corresponding to each frequency domain resource set are: a frequency domain resource.
  • the first set of frequency domain resources is at least one set of frequency domain resources configured on one BWP.
  • a set of frequency domain resources is a set of resource blocks (Resource Block, RB).
  • the first set of frequency domain resources is at least one set of frequency domain resources configured on one cell.
  • the first BWP is the active BWP of the terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first activated BWP configured by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device is configured with a first cell, the first cell includes at least one cell, the The first activated BWP includes activated BWPs on each cell in the first cell, and a frequency domain resource corresponding to each activated BWP is one frequency domain resource.
  • the first device determines, according to the frequency domain resource indication information, that the first cell configured by the first device corresponds to the request- In the response process, the response information is sent to the second device on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell, or the response information corresponding to the first cell is sent to the second device.
  • the first device determines, according to the frequency domain resource indication information, that the first BWP configured by the first device corresponds to the request-response process , sending response information to the second device on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first BWP configured by the first device, or sending response information corresponding to the first BWP to the second device.
  • the first device determines, according to the frequency domain resource indication information, that the first frequency domain resource set corresponds to the request-response process.
  • the response information is sent to the second device on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the resource set, or the response information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set is sent to the second device.
  • the second device receives the response information of the first device according to the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the response information includes one or more bits.
  • one bit in the response information corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • one bit in the response information corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource for which the request-response process is initiated.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources
  • the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device corresponds to the first frequency domain resource
  • At least one frequency domain resource in the domain resources the number of bits included in the response information is determined according to the number of frequency domain resources included in the first frequency domain resource, or the number of bits included in the response information is determined according to the number of bits included in the first frequency domain resource. The number of frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and all frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource correspond to the same response resource; or, the at least one frequency domain resource Each frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource corresponds to a response resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device , K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes M bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the M frequency domain resources.
  • the response information at the bit positions corresponding to the K frequency domain resources among the M bits is correspondingly allowed to be sent, and the response information at other bit positions among the M bits is correspondingly not allowed to be sent.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device , K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes M bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the M frequency domain resources.
  • K is greater than 0, the response information on the bit positions corresponding to the K frequency domain resources in the M bits is correspondingly allowed to be sent, and the response information on other bit positions in the M bits corresponds to not Allow to send.
  • the first device does not send the response information.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the second device to the first device , K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes K bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the K frequency domain resources.
  • the arrangement order of the K bits is determined according to the downlink allocation indication information.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the activated BWP configured by the first device includes M frequency domain resource sets, and the response information includes M bits, where each bit corresponds to a frequency domain resource set, and the response information sent by the first device to the second device includes this. M bits, and one bit corresponds to a frequency domain resource set on the activated BWP configured by the first device.
  • the activated BWP configured by the first device includes 5 frequency domain resource sets, namely frequency domain resource sets 1 to 5, and the response information includes 5 bits: bit 1, bit 2, bit 3, bit 4, and bit 4. 5, where bit 1 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 1, bit 2 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 2, bit 3 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 3, bit 4 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 4, and bit 5 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 5.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the activated BWP configured by the first device includes M frequency domain resource sets, and the response information includes N bits, where one or more bits in the N bits correspond to one frequency domain resource set, or M frequency domain resources One or more frequency domain resource sets in the set correspond to one bit.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes one frequency domain resource set, that is, frequency domain resource set 1, and the response information includes 5 bits: bit 1, bit 2, bit 3, bit 4, and bit 5, wherein the bit Bits 1 to 5 correspond to set 1 of frequency domain resources.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes 2 frequency domain resource sets, namely frequency domain resource sets 1 and 2, and the response information includes 5 bits: bit 1, bit 2, bit 3, bit 4, and bit 5, wherein , bits 1 and 2 correspond to frequency domain resource set 1, and bits 3, 4 and 5 correspond to frequency domain resource set 2.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes two frequency domain resource sets, namely frequency domain resource sets 1 and 2, and the response information includes 1 bit, where the bit corresponds to frequency domain resource sets 1 and 2.
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes 2 frequency domain resource sets, namely frequency domain resource sets 1 to 3, and the response information includes 5 bits: bit 1, bit 2, bit 3, bit 4, and bit 5. 1 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 1, bit 2 corresponds to frequency domain resource set 2, and bits 3, 4 and 5 correspond to frequency domain resource set 3.
  • the activated BWP of the first device includes 4 RB sets, which are RB sets 0 to 3 respectively.
  • the response information sent by the first device includes 4 bits, which are in one-to-one correspondence with the 4 RB sets. Among them, the 4 bits are transmitted through an acknowledgement resource.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, the at least one frequency domain resource includes multiple frequency domain resources, and the responses corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources Information is transmitted through one frequency domain resource, or in other words, the response resources corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources are within one frequency domain resource.
  • the response information corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources is transmitted through one of the multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device as an example.
  • the activated BWP of the terminal device includes 4 RB sets, which are RB sets 0 to 3 respectively.
  • the network device initiates a request-response process corresponding to RB set 0 and RB set 1 to the terminal device on RB set 0 and RB set 1 (as an example, represented by RTS in the figure).
  • the response information corresponding to RB set 0 and RB set 1 sent by the terminal device is transmitted through frequency domain resources in RB set 0 (as an example, represented by CTS in the figure).
  • the network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device through the resources in RB sets 0 and 1.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources
  • the at least one frequency domain resource includes a plurality of frequency domain resources, each of the plurality of frequency domain resources
  • the response information corresponding to the frequency domain resource is transmitted through one frequency domain resource, or in other words, the response resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the plurality of frequency domain resources is within one frequency domain resource.
  • the response information corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the plurality of frequency domain resources is transmitted through the frequency domain resource.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device.
  • the activated BWP of the terminal device includes 4 RB sets, which are RB sets 0 to 3 respectively.
  • the network device initiates a request-response process corresponding to RB set 0 and RB set 1 to the terminal device on RB set 0 and RB set 1 (as an example, represented by RTS in the figure).
  • the response information corresponding to RB set 0 and RB set 1 sent by the terminal device is transmitted through frequency domain resources in RB set 0 and RB set 1 respectively (as an example, represented by CTS in the figure).
  • the network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device through the resources in RB sets 0 and 1.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources
  • the at least one frequency domain resource includes a plurality of frequency domain resources, and some frequency domain resources in the plurality of frequency domain resources
  • the response information corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the frequency domain resources is transmitted through one frequency domain resource (in other words, the response resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the partial frequency domain resources in the plurality of frequency domain resources is in one frequency domain resource).
  • resource the response information corresponding to another part of the frequency domain resources in the multiple frequency domain resources is transmitted through one frequency domain resource (or in other words, the response information corresponding to the other part of the frequency domain resources in the multiple frequency domain resources is in a in the frequency domain).
  • the corresponding response information in the plurality of frequency domain resources is transmitted through at least one frequency domain resource in the plurality of frequency domain resources.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device as an example.
  • the activated BWP of the terminal device includes 4 RB sets, which are RB sets 0 to 3 respectively.
  • the network device initiates a request-response process corresponding to RB set 0, RB set 1 and RB set 2 to the terminal device on RB set 0, RB set 1 and RB set 2 (as an example, represented by RTS in the figure).
  • the response information corresponding to RB set 0 sent by the terminal device is transmitted through the frequency domain resources in RB set 0, and the response information corresponding to RB sets 1 and 2 is transmitted through the frequency domain resources in RB set 1 (as an example, in Fig. is represented by CTS).
  • the network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device through the resources in the RB sets 0, 1 and 2.
  • the manner of determining the frequency domain resource indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the determination method E1 is determined according to high-level parameters
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is determined according to preconfigured high-layer parameters.
  • the high-level parameters may be configured by the network device or configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device configured with the high-level parameters may be a terminal device with a control function.
  • the terminal device with control function is the group head terminal of the terminal group to which it belongs.
  • the first control information may not include the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is indicated by the second device.
  • the second device may indicate the frequency domain resource indication information through the indication information.
  • the indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the second device indicates frequency domain resource indication information through the first control information.
  • the first control information includes frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is predefined.
  • the first device or the second device may store in advance corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate frequency domain resource indication information.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not make any limitation on the predefined manner of the frequency domain resource indication information, for example, the predefined manner may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the first control information may not include the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device is configured with first frequency domain resources, and the first device may use the configured first frequency domain resources.
  • whether the first control information includes transmission request information, indicating whether the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, and the first control information format indicates whether the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device.
  • the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, and the method further includes:
  • the first device determines whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information; or,
  • the first device determines, according to the first control information format corresponding to the first control information, whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, and the first control information is used by the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first control information does not include the transmission request information, the first control information is not used to determine that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the transmission request information is carried in the first control information; the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device , the transmission request information is not carried in the first control information.
  • the transmission request information carried in the first control information is a valid value; the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • the request-response process at least one of the transmission request information carried in the first control information is an invalid value.
  • the first device determines whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information, including:
  • the first device determines that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first device determines that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first device determines, according to the first control information, that the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send a request to the second device sending response information; or, if the first device determines, according to the first control information, that the second device has not initiated a request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send a request to the first device.
  • the second device sends a response message.
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, including at least one of the following determination methods:
  • Determination Mode 1 The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the information included in the first control information.
  • the first device determines to send response information to the second device; or, if the first control information does not include transmission request information, the first device determines to send response information to the second device; The first device determines not to send response information to the second device.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and if the first device determines according to the transmission request information that the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, the first device A device determines to send response information to the second device; or, if the first device determines according to the transmission request information that the second device does not initiate a request-response process to the first device, the first device A device determines not to send response information to the second device.
  • Determination mode 2 The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the format corresponding to the first control information.
  • the format of the control information for instructing the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device is the first format. If the first device receives the first control information according to the first format, the first device determines to send response information to the second device.
  • the first device receives the first control information according to the first format, if the first device determines according to the first control information that the second device If the device initiates a request-response process, the first device determines to send response information to the second device; or, if the first device determines according to the first control information that the second device does not send a response to the second device When a device initiates a request-response process, the first device determines not to send response information to the second device.
  • the first control information includes format indication information, if the first device determines, according to the format indication information, that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the second device to The format of the request-response process initiated by the first device, the first device determines to send response information to the second device; or, if the first device determines the first control according to the format indication information If the format corresponding to the information is not a format used to instruct the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send response information to the second device.
  • the first control information includes format indication information, and the format indication information indicates that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the second device to initiate a request to the first device - Format of the response procedure. If the first device determines according to the first control information that the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send response information to the second device; or, If the first device determines according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate a request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send response information to the second device.
  • the first control information includes a transmission request information.
  • the format indication information includes 1 bit. For example, when the format indication information indicates a preset value such as "1", the format indication information is used to indicate that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the second device to initiate a request to the first device- The format of the response process; when the format indication information indicates another preset value such as "0", the format indication information is used to indicate that the format corresponding to the first control information is not used to instruct the second device to send the first control information to the first The format of the request-response process initiated by the device.
  • the first device is a terminal device and the second device is a network device.
  • the network device configures and schedules the DCI format of the PDSCH transmission of the terminal device through high-level parameters to indicate whether the network device initiates a request-response process to the terminal device, wherein the DCI format may be, for example, a non-fallback DCI format, such as DCI Format 1_1. Format indication information may be included in DCI format 1_1.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1, if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI is used by the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the DCI includes transmission request information, and the terminal device The device interprets the DCI according to the format including the transmission request information; if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI is not used by the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device will schedule the PDSCH transmission according to the data. format to interpret the DCI.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined or predefined according to a higher layer parameter.
  • a higher layer parameter For example, it may be configured by a network device or a terminal device with a control function through high-level parameters.
  • the second device configures the first control information not to include the transmission request information through the high-level parameter, and the first device determines that the first control information does not include the transmission request information. In an example, the second device configures the first control information to include transmission request information through high-level parameters, and the first device determines that the first control information includes transmission request information.
  • whether the first control information includes the transmission request information is predefined, or whether the control information format corresponding to the first control information includes the information field corresponding to the transmission request information is predefined.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the first device request-response process.
  • the transmission request information includes one or more of first indication information, beam indication information, acknowledgement resource indication information, channel access indication information, and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the transmission request information is used to indicate one or more of first indication information, beam indication information, acknowledgement resource indication information, channel access indication information, and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device.
  • the first indication information includes 1 bit, and when the bit indicates a preset value such as "1", the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to send transmission request information or initiate a request- Response process; when the bit indicates another preset value such as "0", the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is not used to send transmission request information or not initiate a request-response process.
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, including:
  • the first device determines to send the request to the first device. sending, by the second device, first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource; the first response information indicates that transmission is permitted;
  • the first device It is determined to send the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource to the second device or not to send the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource; the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first response information indicates that the first device allows the second device to transmit data to the first device.
  • the second response information indicates that the first device does not allow the second device to transmit data to the first device.
  • the second device determines to receive the first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device according to the first control information; and/or,
  • the second device may The first control information determines to receive the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device or not to receive the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device, wherein,
  • the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, including:
  • the first device determines to send the first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource to the second device; the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed; and/or,
  • the first device determines to send the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource to the second device or not to send the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource;
  • the second response message indicates that the transmission is not allowed.
  • the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement ACK information; and/or the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement NACK information.
  • the response information includes HARQ-ACK information, or the response information only includes ACK information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or NACK information.
  • the method when the first device determines to send the response information to the second device, the method further includes:
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device;
  • the first device In the case that access to the channel corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the response information to the second device.
  • the first device performs channel access after determining to send a response message to the second device, and sends a response message to the second device if the channel access is successful, and if the channel access fails , do not send response information to the second device.
  • the wireless communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described by taking the first device as a terminal device and the second device as a network device as an example.
  • At least part of the contents in the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a communication system based on transceiver interaction on an unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.
  • this embodiment may include a method for determining and sending response information.
  • this embodiment is not limited to this, and can also be applied, for example, to other communication scenarios that require interaction between sending and receiving.
  • Example 1 The terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device
  • the terminal device receives the first control information sent by the network device, where the first control information is used by the terminal device to determine whether the network device initiates a request-response process to the terminal device, or used by the terminal device to determine whether the Whether the network device sends request-to-send information to the terminal device, or for the terminal device to determine the request-to-send information sent by the network device;
  • the terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device according to the first control information.
  • the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; or , if the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the network device does not initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device determines not to send response information to the network device.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device according to the first control information, including at least one of the following determination methods:
  • Determination mode 1 The terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device according to the information included in the first control information.
  • the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; or, if the first control information does not include transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; The device determines not to send response information to the network device.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information. If the terminal device determines according to the transmission request information that the network device initiates a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device determines to send a request to the terminal device. The network device sends response information; or, if the terminal device determines according to the transmission request information that the network device has not initiated a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device determines not to send a request to the network device Send response information.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device according to the format corresponding to the first control information.
  • the format of the control information for instructing the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device is the first format. If the terminal device receives the first control information according to the first format, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information according to the first format, if the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the network device initiates a request to the terminal device- response process, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; or, if the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the network device does not initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, then The terminal device determines not to send response information to the network device.
  • the first control information includes format indication information, if the terminal device determines, according to the format indication information, that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the network device to send the The format of the request-response process initiated by the terminal device, the terminal device determines to send the response information to the network device; or, if the terminal device determines according to the format indication information that the format corresponding to the first control information is not used In a format instructing the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device determines not to send response information to the network device.
  • the first control information includes format indication information, where the format indication information indicates that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the network device to initiate a request-response to the terminal device The format of the process. If the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the network device initiates a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; or, if the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device; It is determined according to the first control information that the network device does not initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, and the terminal device determines not to send response information to the network device.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information.
  • the format indication information includes 1 bit. For example, when the format indication information indicates a preset value such as "1”, the format indication information is used to indicate that the format corresponding to the first control information is used to instruct the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device When the format indication information indicates another preset value such as "0", the format indication information is used to indicate that the format corresponding to the first control information is not used to instruct the network device to initiate a request to the terminal device- The format of the reply process.
  • the network device configures the DCI format for scheduling the PDSCH transmission of the terminal device through high-level parameters to indicate whether the network device initiates a request-response process to the terminal device, wherein the DCI format can be, for example, non-fallback.
  • DCI format such as DCI format 1_1.
  • Format indication information may be included in DCI format 1_1.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1, if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI is used by the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the DCI includes transmission request information, and the terminal device The device interprets the DCI according to the format including the transmission request information; if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI is not used by the network device to initiate a request-response process to the terminal device, the terminal device will schedule the PDSCH transmission according to the data. format to interpret the DCI.
  • the transmission request information is used to determine at least one of the following:
  • first indication information beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, and frequency domain resource indication information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the network device initiates the request-response process.
  • the transmission request information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • first indication information beam indication information, response resource indication information, channel access indication information, and frequency domain resource indication information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the network device initiates the request-response process.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is configured or predefined by the network device through high-layer parameters.
  • the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, wherein the first frequency domain resource includes the following A sort of:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the terminal device includes at least one cell, wherein the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • the first frequency domain resource set includes at least one frequency domain resource set, wherein the frequency domain resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource set is one frequency domain resources.
  • the first set of frequency domain resources is a set of frequency domain resources configured on one BWP.
  • the first BWP is the active BWP of the terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first activated BWP configured by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device is configured with a first cell, the first cell includes at least one cell, the The first activated BWP includes activated BWPs on each cell in the first cell, and a frequency domain resource corresponding to each activated BWP is one frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information in the transmission request information is used to determine at least one frequency in the first frequency domain resources corresponding to the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device. domain resources.
  • the first frequency domain resources configured by the terminal device include M frequency domain resources, and the frequency domain resource indication information includes M bits, where each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource. If a certain bit of the M bits indicates a preset value such as "1", the bit is used to indicate the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device, and the corresponding bit frequency domain resources; or, if a certain bit of the M bits indicates another preset value such as "0", the bit is used to indicate that the network device has not initiated the The request-response process corresponds to the frequency domain resource corresponding to this bit.
  • Example 2 The terminal device determines the beam information associated with the transmission of the response information.
  • the beam information associated with the transmission of the response information is denoted as the first beam information.
  • the first beam information includes first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the first beam information includes a first reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the first reference signal here may be an SRS.
  • the manner of determining the first beam information includes at least one of the following: determining according to high-layer parameters, instructing by the network device, and pre-defining.
  • the first beam information is indicated by the network device through the first control information.
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, and the beam indication information in the transmission request information is used to determine the first beam information.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured by high-layer parameters with multiple first reference signal indices associated with transmission of the response information, the first control information includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes first beam information.
  • the terminal device determines, from the plurality of first reference signal indexes according to the first beam information, a target first reference signal index that is currently used to transmit the response information, and then determines the beam used for transmitting the response information, or determines according to the The target first reference signal index transmits the acknowledgement information.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured with a first reference signal index associated with the transmission of the response information by high-layer parameters, and the terminal device determines the beam used for transmitting the response information according to the configured first reference signal index, or determines The first reference signal index transmits the acknowledgement information.
  • the first control information may not be used to determine the first beam information.
  • the first beam information has an associated relationship with beam information associated with the first control information or has an associated relationship with beam information associated with a physical channel; or, the first beam information is based on the The beam information associated with the first control information is determined or determined according to the beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the physical channel includes a physical channel corresponding to the request-response process.
  • the physical channel here includes a physical shared channel such as PDSCH, which is transmitted after the request-response process (for example, after the terminal device sends response information to the network device).
  • the beam information associated with the first control information includes first transmission configuration indication TCI information associated with the first control information or second reference signal information such as a second reference associated with the first control information Signal index.
  • the beam information associated with the physical channel includes second TCI information associated with the physical channel or third reference signal information associated with the physical channel, such as a third reference signal index.
  • the terminal device determines the first beam information according to at least one of high-level parameter configuration, network device indication, and pre-defined methods, where the first beam information is the same as the following information Associated with at least one of: first reference signal information, second reference signal information, third reference signal information, first TCI information, and second TCI information.
  • the terminal device determines the first beam according to the corresponding relationship between the transmit and receive beams. beam information, thereby determining the beam used for transmitting the reply information.
  • Example 3 The terminal device determines the channel access mode corresponding to the transmission of the response information
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the transmission of the response information is determined according to the channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information may be a predefined rule or indicated by the network device or determined according to a high-level parameter of.
  • the channel access manner includes one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of multiple listening time slots with random fallback
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner of a fixed listening time slot length
  • the channel access indication information may be a predefined rule.
  • the predefined rule includes: the transmission of response information corresponds to channel access without channel detection.
  • the predefined rule includes: under the condition that the first condition is satisfied, the transmission of the response information corresponds to the channel access without channel detection.
  • the predefined rule includes: the transmission of the response information corresponds to the channel access of the second type.
  • the predefined rule includes: under the condition that the first condition is satisfied, the transmission of the response information corresponds to the channel access of the second type.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the interval between the end position of the transmission of the first control information and the start position of the transmission of the response information is less than or equal to the first preset value; the transmission of the response information satisfies a certain occupation Empty ratio limit.
  • the channel access indication information is indicated by the network device.
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information
  • the transmission request information includes channel access indication information
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the channel access mode and/or the corresponding response information.
  • the terminal device may determine the channel access mode corresponding to the response information and/or the CPE length corresponding to the response information according to the channel access indication information.
  • the channel access indication information is configured by the network device through high-level parameters.
  • the network device configures the channel access mode corresponding to the response information to be channel access without channel detection, or channel access of the first type, or channel access of the second type through high-level parameters.
  • the network device configures the CPE length corresponding to the response information through a high-layer parameter.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection.
  • the first type of channel access includes the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection or the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection;
  • the second type of channel access includes the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device, or indicated by the channel access indication information, or predefined.
  • the terminal device needs to determine beam information associated with the channel access mode.
  • Example 4 The terminal device determines the beam information associated with the channel access mode of the transmission of the response information.
  • the beam information associated with the channel access mode corresponding to the transmission of the response information is recorded as the second beam information.
  • the second beam information (ie the direction of the directional channel detection beam or the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or predefined .
  • the second beam information has an associated relationship with the first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information, eg, a first reference signal index.
  • the second beam information has an associated relationship with beam information associated with the first control information.
  • the second beam information has an associated relationship with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information such as a second reference signal index.
  • the second beam information has an associated relationship with beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the second beam information has an associated relationship with the second TCI information or the third reference signal information such as a third reference signal index.
  • first reference signal information the second reference signal information, the third reference signal information, the first TCI information, the second TCI information and the physical channel are the same as the above, and are not repeated here.
  • the second beam information is indicated by the network device through the first control information.
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, and the beam indication information in the transmission request information is used to determine the second beam information.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured by high-layer parameters with multiple pieces of information associated with the second beam, the first control information includes beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes second beam information.
  • the terminal device determines the target information associated with the second beam when it is currently used to transmit the response information from the plurality of information associated with the second beam, so as to determine the channel used in the channel access process of the response information. beam, or determine the beam determined according to the target information to perform directional channel detection.
  • the terminal device is preconfigured with information associated with the second beam by high-level parameters, and the terminal device determines, according to the configured information associated with the second beam, the beam used in the channel access process of the response information, or A beam determined from the information associated with the second beam is determined for directional channel detection.
  • the first control information may not be used to determine the second beam information.
  • the information associated with the second beam includes at least one of the following: first reference signal information, second reference signal information, third reference signal information, first TCI information, and second TCI information.
  • the association relationship between the second beam information and at least one of the following is determined according to at least one of high-layer parameter configuration, network device indication, and pre-definition: first reference signal information, The second reference signal information, the third reference signal information, the first TCI information, and the second TCI information.
  • the network device configures the second beam information to be associated with the first TCI information or the second reference signal information through high-layer parameters.
  • the network device configures the second beam information to be associated with the second TCI information or the third reference signal information through high-layer parameters.
  • the network device configures the second beam information to be associated with the first reference signal information through high-layer parameters.
  • the terminal device determines the second beam information according to the corresponding relationship between the transmitting and receiving beams, so as to determine the channel access process corresponding to the transmission of the reply information beam used in .
  • the terminal device determines that the channel access mode corresponding to the response information corresponds to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • Example 5 The terminal device determines the response resource information.
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: resource information, time domain location information, downlink allocation indication information and power control information.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the response resource indication information includes at least one of the following: determined according to high-layer parameters, indicated by the network device, and predefined.
  • the acknowledgement resources include one of the following: PUCCH resources, PRACH resources, SRS resources, and PUSCH resources.
  • the following is an example of an example where the response resource is a PUCCH resource.
  • the resource information of the PUCCH resource may be determined according to a higher layer parameter and/or a manner indicated by a network device.
  • the network device configures multiple PUCCH resource information through high-layer parameters, and instructs the terminal device to use the multiple PUCCH resources corresponding to the multiple PUCCH resource information through the resource information in the response resource indication information included in the first control information. Which PUCCH resource to transmit the response information.
  • the network device configures a piece of PUCCH resource information through high-layer parameters, and the terminal device transmits the response information by using the PUCCH resource determined according to the PUCCH resource information. In this case, resource information may not be included in the response resource indication information in the first control information.
  • the resource information of the PUCCH resource may be predefined, eg, agreed in a protocol.
  • the time domain location information of the PUCCH resource may be determined according to a pre-defined, high-layer parameter and/or a manner indicated by a network device.
  • the high-layer parameter configuration or the predefined HARQ feedback timing set includes multiple K1 values, and the network device indicates by the time domain location information (for example, HARQ feedback timing indication information) in the acknowledgement resource indication information included in the first control information.
  • Which K1 value of the plurality of K1 values is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position of the PUCCH resource according to the K1 value.
  • the acknowledgment resource indication information in the first control information may not include time domain location information (eg, HARQ feedback timing indication information).
  • the time-domain location information of the PUCCH resource may be predefined, eg, agreed in a protocol.
  • the interval between the time domain position of the response resource and the time domain position of the first control information is predefined as a preset value Ka. If the terminal device receives the first control information on time slot n, the terminal device should send corresponding response information on time slot n+Ka. Or, if the terminal device receives the first control information on time slot n, the location of the response resource is the first available response resource after the time slot n+Ka that satisfies the interval value condition, for example.
  • the response resource indication information in the first control information includes downlink allocation indication information including C-DAI information and/or T-DAI information, wherein the C-DAI information and/or T-DAI information are used for for determining the position of the response information in the feedback codebook.
  • the response resource indication information in the first control information includes power control information (for example, TPC command for scheduled PUCCH), and the terminal device can determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information according to the power control information.
  • power control information for example, TPC command for scheduled PUCCH
  • Example 6 The terminal device determines the content of the response information.
  • the acknowledgement information may be carried in at least one of the following channels: PUCCH, PRACH, SRS, and PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH carrying the acknowledgement information does not include the uplink shared channel UL-SCH.
  • the acknowledgement information includes HARQ-ACK information, or the acknowledgement information includes only ACK information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or NACK information.
  • ACK indicates that transmission is allowed
  • NACK indicates that transmission is not allowed
  • the acknowledgement information includes 1-bit HARQ-ACK information or 1-bit ACK information.
  • the 1-bit acknowledgement information is transmitted over PUCCH format 0.
  • the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and the number of bits included in the response information is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the number of frequency domain resources included in a frequency domain resource is determined, or the number of bits included in the response information is determined according to the number of frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource.
  • first frequency domain resource and at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the request-response process are defined and determined as described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device, K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes M bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the M frequency domain resources.
  • the response information at the bit positions corresponding to the K frequency domain resources among the M bits is correspondingly allowed to be sent, and the response information at other bit positions among the M bits is correspondingly not allowed to be sent.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device, K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes M bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the M frequency domain resources.
  • K is greater than 0, the response information on the bit positions corresponding to the K frequency domain resources in the M bits is correspondingly allowed to be sent, and the response information on other bit positions in the M bits corresponds to not Allow to send.
  • the terminal device does not send the response information.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes M frequency domain resources, and K frequency domain resources in the M frequency domain resources correspond to the request-response process initiated by the network device to the terminal device, K is an integer less than or equal to M and greater than or equal to 0, the response information includes K bits, wherein each bit corresponds to one frequency domain resource in the K frequency domain resources.
  • the arrangement order of the K bits is determined according to downlink allocation indication information such as C-DAI information and/or T-DAI information.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a first frequency domain resource set on the activated BWP configured by the terminal device, and the first frequency domain resource set includes at least one frequency domain resource set, where one frequency domain resource set may be one resource Block RB set.
  • the activated BWP of the terminal device includes 4 RB sets, which are RB sets 0 to 3 respectively.
  • the response information sent by the terminal device includes 4 bits, which are in one-to-one correspondence with the 4 RB sets.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the transmission request information associated with RB sets 0 and 1 in the four RB sets (as an example, represented by RTS in the figure), the response information sent by the terminal device to the network device is shown in Table 4 below ( As an example, denoted by CTS in the figure).
  • the network device After receiving the response information sent by the terminal device, the network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device through the resources in the RB sets 0 and 1.
  • the acknowledgement information may be carried by a reference signal sequence, such as a PRACH sequence or an SRS sequence.
  • a reference signal sequence such as a PRACH sequence or an SRS sequence.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not receive the first control information, no response information is sent to the network device.
  • the terminal device if it does not receive the first control information, it sends NACK information to the network device on preconfigured or predefined time-frequency resources. For example, in a channel access mechanism occupied by a semi-static channel, the resources used to send the response information may be pre-configured or predefined and appear periodically. In this case, if the terminal device does not receive the first control information, the NACK information can be sent on the corresponding response resource.
  • the first control information is terminal device-specific control information such as DCI transmitted through UE-specific PDCCH.
  • the first control information is common or group common control information such as DCI transmitted through Group-common PDCCH.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to the terminal device receiving first control information, such as downlink control information, sent by the network device, and determining whether the network device requests transmission (or whether to initiate a request-response process) according to the first control information, and accordingly, The terminal device determines whether to send response information to the network device.
  • first control information such as downlink control information
  • the network device determines whether to send response information to the network device.
  • it can be applied to the network device receiving first control information sent by the terminal device, such as uplink control information, and determining whether the terminal device requests transmission according to the first control information, and correspondingly, the network device determines whether to send response information to the terminal device.
  • it can be applied to the first control information in the sidelink transmission from terminal equipment to terminal equipment, such as sidelink control information.
  • the first terminal equipment can receive the first control information sent by the second terminal equipment. information, and determine whether the second terminal device requests transmission according to the first control information, and accordingly, the first terminal device determines whether to send response information
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes the transmission process of the response information, which can be used for information exchange in the channel access process assisted by the receiving side.
  • the first control information in the present invention may include transmission request information corresponding to the first device. After receiving the transmission request information of the first device included in the first control information, the first device may determine whether to send response information to the second device, and in the case of determining to send the response information, according to the determined response information At least one of the beam information associated with the transmission, the channel access method corresponding to the transmission of the response information, the beam information associated with the channel access method, the time domain location and resource information of the response resource, and the content of the response information. The second device sends the response information, thereby completing the information exchange with the second device.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the present application.
  • the implementation of the embodiments constitutes no limitation.
  • downlink indicates that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the transmission direction from the station
  • uplink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction sent from the user equipment of the cell to the site
  • sideline is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is The third direction sent from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term "and/or" is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless communication apparatus 900, which is applied to the first device, as shown in FIG. 9, including:
  • the first receiving module 901 is configured to receive first control information sent by a second device; the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device ;
  • the first determining module 902 is configured to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • the first device when the first device determines to send the response information to the second device, the first device sends the response information to the second device according to at least one of the following information Reply message:
  • Beam indication information response resource indication information, channel access indication information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the beam indication information, where the beam indication information includes first beam information, and the first beam information is used to determine the The beam used by the first device to send the response information.
  • the first beam information includes:
  • the first reference signal information associated with the response information is provided.
  • the manner of determining the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the beam indication information
  • the beam indication information includes second beam information
  • the second beam information is used to determine the the beam used by the first device in the channel access process corresponding to the response information
  • the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the manner of determining at least one of the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • time domain location information the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes random access preamble sequence index information; or,
  • the acknowledgement resources include sounding reference signal SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource information.
  • the response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,
  • the acknowledgement resources include sounding reference signal SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time domain locations corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the response resource indication information includes at least one of the following: determined according to high-layer parameters, indicated by the second device, and predefined.
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the channel access indication information, where the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information includes one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the channel access indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first device sends the response information to the second device according to the frequency domain resource indication information; the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine the first device corresponding to the request-response process.
  • At least one frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the manner of determining the frequency domain resource indication information includes at least one of the following: determined according to high-layer parameters, indicated by the second device, and predefined.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the first device determines whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information; or,
  • the first device determines, according to the first control information format corresponding to the first control information, whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, it is determined that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined or predefined according to a higher layer parameter.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the first device request-response process.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, it is determined to send the response information to the second device; or,
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, it is determined not to send the response information to the second device.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, it is determined to send first response information to the second device; the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed ;or,
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, and the first device determines that transmission is allowed, it is determined to send the second device to the second device. a response message; or,
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, and the first device determines that transmission is not allowed, it is determined to send the request to the second device.
  • the second response information or no response information is sent.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources corresponding to the first device, it is determined to send the request to the second device.
  • the first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource; the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed;
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device has not initiated the request-response process to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources corresponding to the first device, it is determined to send the request to the first device.
  • the second device sends the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource or does not send the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource; the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first determining module 902 is further configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources corresponding to the first device, and the first device determines to allow transmission, then determine to send the first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource to the second device; the first response information indicates that transmission is permitted; and/or,
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources corresponding to the first device, and the first device If it is determined that the transmission is not allowed, it is determined to send the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource to the second device or not to send the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource; the second response information indicates that the Transmission is allowed.
  • the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement ACK information; and/or the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement NACK information.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and the number of bits included in the response information is based on the number of frequency domain resources included in the first frequency domain resource determined, or, the number of bits included in the response information is determined according to the number of frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource;
  • the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the first device includes at least one cell, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set configured by the first device includes at least one frequency domain resource set, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set. domain resources.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and all frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource correspond to the same response resource; or, the at least one frequency domain resource Each frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource corresponds to a response resource;
  • the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the first device includes at least one cell, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set configured by the first device includes at least one frequency domain resource set, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set. domain resources.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes: a first sending module configured to:
  • the first device determines to send the response information to the second device
  • the response information is not sent to the second device.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless communication apparatus 1000, which is applied to a second device, as shown in FIG. 10, including:
  • the second sending module 1001 is configured to send first control information to a first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • the apparatus 1000 further includes: a second determining module configured to:
  • the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device, determine to receive the response information from the first device;
  • the first control information is not used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device, it is determined not to receive the response information from the first device.
  • the second determining module is configured to:
  • the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device, determining to receive the first response information of the first device according to the first control information; or ,
  • the first control information is not used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device, determine according to the first control information to receive the second response information of the first device or do not receive the response information of the first device, wherein,
  • the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the second determining module is configured to:
  • the first control information is used by the second device to initiate a request-response process corresponding to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources to the first device, according to the first control information determining to receive the first response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device;
  • the first control information is not used for the second device to initiate a request-response process corresponding to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources to the first device, according to the first control
  • the information determines whether to receive the second response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device or not to receive the response information corresponding to the at least one frequency domain resource of the first device, wherein,
  • the first response information indicates that transmission is allowed, and the second response information indicates that transmission is not allowed.
  • the first acknowledgement information is positive acknowledgement ACK information; and/or the second acknowledgement information is negative acknowledgement NACK information.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and the number of bits included in the response information is based on the number of frequency domain resources included in the first frequency domain resource determined, or, the number of bits included in the response information is determined according to the number of frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource;
  • the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the first device includes at least one cell, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set configured by the first device includes at least one frequency domain resource set, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set. domain resources.
  • the request-response process corresponds to at least one frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resources, and all frequency domain resources in the at least one frequency domain resource correspond to the same response resource; or, the at least one frequency domain resource Each frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource corresponds to a response resource;
  • the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first cell configured by the first device includes at least one cell, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each cell is one frequency domain resource;
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first frequency domain resource set configured by the first device includes at least one frequency domain resource set, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to each frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set. domain resources.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second receiving module configured to:
  • the response information of the second device is received according to at least one of the following information:
  • Beam indication information, acknowledgement resource indication information and frequency domain resource indication information are Beam indication information, acknowledgement resource indication information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the beam indication information when the response information of the first device is received according to the beam indication information, the beam indication information includes first beam information, and the first beam information is used to determine the second device The beam used to receive the reply message.
  • the first beam information includes:
  • the first reference signal information associated with the response information is provided.
  • the manner of determining the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • time domain location information the time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes random access preamble sequence index information; or,
  • the acknowledgement resources include sounding reference signal SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource information.
  • the response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback timing indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; or,
  • the acknowledgement resources include sounding reference signal SRS resources, and the time domain location information includes time domain locations corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the manner of determining at least one of the response resource indication information includes at least one of the following: determined according to high-layer parameters, indicated by the second device, and predefined.
  • the second device receives the response information from the first device according to the frequency domain resource indication information; the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine the first device corresponding to the request-response process.
  • At least one frequency domain resource in a frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain resource includes one of the following:
  • the manner of determining the frequency domain resource indication information includes at least one of the following: determined according to high-layer parameters, indicated by the second device, and predefined.
  • whether the first control information includes transmission request information, indicating whether the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first control information format corresponding to the first control information indicates whether the first control information is used for the second device to initiate a request-response process to the first device.
  • the first control information if the first control information includes the transmission request information, the first control information is used by the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first control information does not include the transmission request information, the first control information is not used to determine that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined or predefined according to a higher layer parameter.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the first device request-response process.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can be executed on the processor, wherein the processor is configured to execute the first device execution when the processor executes the computer program.
  • the communication device 1100 includes: at least one processor 1101 , memory 1102 and at least one network interface 1104 .
  • the various components in communication device 1100 are coupled together by bus system 1105 .
  • bus system 1105 is used to implement the connection communication between these components.
  • the bus system 1105 also includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • the various buses are labeled as bus system 1105 in FIG. 11 .
  • the memory 1102 may be either volatile memory or non-volatile memory, and may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be ROM, Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM, Programmable Read-Only Memory), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory Programmable read-only memory (EEPROM, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), magnetic random access memory (FRAM, ferromagnetic random access memory), flash memory (Flash Memory), magnetic surface memory, optical disk, or CD-ROM -ROM, Compact Disc Read-Only Memory); magnetic surface memory can be disk memory or tape memory.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • SSRAM Synchronous Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DDRSDRAM Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Type Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Link Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DRRAM Direct Rambus Random Access Memory
  • the memory 1102 described in the embodiments of the present invention is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the memory 1102 in the embodiment of the present invention is used to store various types of data to support the operation of the electronic device 1100 .
  • Examples of such data include: any computer program used to operate on electronic device 1100, such as application program 11021.
  • a program for implementing the method of the embodiment of the present invention may be included in the application program 11021 .
  • the methods disclosed in the above embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1101 or implemented by the processor 1101 .
  • the processor 1101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1101 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1101 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP, Digital Signal Processor), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like.
  • the processor 1101 may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present invention can be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module may be located in a storage medium, and the storage medium is located in the memory 1102, and the processor 1101 reads the information in the memory 1102, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
  • the communication device 1100 may be implemented by one or more of an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a DSP, a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), a Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) , Complex Programmable Logic Device), FPGA, general-purpose processor, controller, MCU, MPU, or other electronic component implementation for performing the aforementioned method.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSP Digital Signal processor
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • FPGA general-purpose processor
  • controller MCU, MPU, or other electronic component implementation for performing the aforementioned method.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the storage medium can be applied to the first device or the second device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process in each method of the embodiment of the present invention, which is not repeated here for brevity. Repeat.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising the instruction apparatus, the instructions
  • the device implements the functions specified in the flow or flows of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明公开一种无线通信方法，包括：第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。本发明还公开了一种装置、设备及存储介质。

Description

一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质 技术领域
本发明涉及移动通信技术，尤其涉及一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质。
背景技术
新无线(New Radio，NR)系统的研究目前主要考虑两个频段，频段(Frequency range，FR)1和FR2，随着NR系统的演进，新的频段即高频上的技术也开始进行研究，为便于描述，将该新的频段称为高频段。
高频段中包括授权频谱和非授权频谱，其中，授权频谱也可以称为非共享频谱，非授权频谱也可以称为共享频谱。由于频段比较高，高频段上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式与FR1/FR2上的非授权频谱上的信道接入方式不同。对于高频段上的非授权频谱，如何支持接收侧辅助的信道接入方式目前还没有明确的方案。
发明内容
为解决上述技术问题，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质，能够在第一设备和第二设备之间实现接收侧辅助信道接入的方式。
本发明实施例的技术方案是这样实现的：
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信方法，包括：
第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；
所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信方法，包括：
第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信装置，包括：
第一接收模块，配置为接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；
第一确定模块，配置为根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信装置，包括：
第二发送模块，配置为向第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种通信设备，包括处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器，其中，所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时，执行上述第一设备的无线通信方法的步骤，或上述第二设备的无线通信方法的步骤。
第六方面，本发明实施例提供一种存储介质，存储有可执行程序，所述可执行程序被处理器执行时，实现上述第一设备的无线通信方法，或上述第二设备的无线通信方法。
本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法，包括：第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，从而能够确定第二设备是否向第一设备发起请求-应答过程，并确定第一设备针对第二设备的应答方式，从而在第一设备和第二设备之间实现接收侧辅助的信道接入过程中的信息交互。
附图说明
图1是本发明实施例提供的通信系统的一个可选的结构示意图；
图2是本发明实施例提供的一种无线通信方法的交互流程示意图；
图3是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的流程示意图；
图4是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的流程示意图；
图5是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的流程示意图；
图6是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的实施例示意图；
图7是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的实施例示意图；
图8是本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一个可选的实施例示意图；
图9是本发明实施例提供的通信设备的一个可选的结构示意图；
图10是本发明实施例提供的无线通信装置的一个可选的结构示意图；
图11是本发明实施例提供的通信设备的一个可选的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为了使本发明的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本发明作进一步地详细描述，所描述的实施例不应视为对本发明的限制，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution，LTE-A)系统、NR系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频段上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum，LTE-U)系统、非授权频段上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum，NR-U)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)、无线保真(wireless fidelity，WiFi)、下一代通信系统或其他通信系统等。
通常来说，传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限，也易于实现，然而，随着通信技术的发展，移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信，还将支持例如，设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信，机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信，机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)，以及车辆间(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信等，本发明实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。
可选地，本发明实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation，CA)场景，也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity，DC)场景，还可以应用于独立(Standalone，SA)布网场景。
可选地，本发明实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱，其中，非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱；或者，本发明实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱，其中，授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。
可选地，本发明实施例可应用于非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks，NTN)系统，也可应用于地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks，TN)系统。
本发明实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例，其中，终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。
终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STATION，ST)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备，或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的 无线终端设备等。本发明实施例所涉及的终端设备还可以称为终端、UE、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point，AP)，GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以具有移动特性，例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地，网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如，卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit，LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit，MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit，GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit，HEO)卫星等。可选地，网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。
在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以为小区提供服务，终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信，该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
本发明实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本发明实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本发明实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本发明实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
示例性的，本发明实施例应用的通信系统100如图1所示。该通信系统100可以包括网络设备110，网络设备110可以是与终端120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖，并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端进行通信。可选地，该网络设备110可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)，或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)中的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为移动交换中心、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器、5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来通信系统中的网络设备等。
该通信系统100还包括位于网络设备110覆盖范围内的至少一个终端120。作为在此使用的“终端”包括但不限于经由有线线路连接，如经由公共交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Networks，PSTN)、数字用户线路(Digital Subscriber Line，DSL)、数字电缆、直接电缆连接；和/或另一数据连接/网络；和/或经由无线接口，如，针对蜂窝网络、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，WLAN)、诸如DVB-H网络的数字电视网络、卫星网络、AM-FM广播发送器；和/或另一终端的被设置成接收/发送通信信号的装置；和/或物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)设备。被设置成通过无线接口通信的终端可以被称为“无线通信终端”、“无线终端”或“移动终端”。移动终端的示例包括但不限于卫星或蜂窝电话；可以组合蜂窝无线电电话与数据处理、传真以及数据通信能力的个人通信系统(Personal Communications System，PCS)终端；可以包括无线电电话、寻呼机、因特网/内联网接入、Web浏览器、记事簿、日历以及/或全球定位系统(Global Positioning System，GPS)接收器的PDA；以及常规膝上型和/或掌上型接收器或包括无线电电话收发器的其它电子装置。终端可以指接入终端、UE、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路WLL站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端等。
可选地，终端120之间可以进行终端直连(Device to Device，D2D)通信。
可选地，5G通信系统或5G网络还可以称为NR系统或NR网络。
图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端，可选地，该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
可选地，该通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
应理解，本发明实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1示出的通信系统100为例，通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备110和终端120，网络设备110和终端120可以为上文所述的具体设备，此处不再赘述；通信设备还可包括通信系统100中的其他设备，例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体，本发明实施例中对此不做限定。
应理解，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本发明的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示，也可以是间接指示，还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明，A指示B，可以表示A直接指示B，例如B可以通过A获取；也可以表示A间接指示B，例如A指示C，B可以通过C获取；还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。
在本发明实施例的描述中，术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系，也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系，也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。
可选地，在本发明实施例中的指示信息包括物理层信令例如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element，MAC CE)中的至少一种。
可选地，在本发明实施例中的高层参数或高层信令包括系统消息、RRC信令和MAC CE中的至少一种。
可选地，本发明实施例中，"预定义的"可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备和网络设备))中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本发明对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义的可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，本发明实施例中，所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本发明对此不做限定。
在对本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法进行详细说明之前，先对高频段进行说明。
NR系统的研究目前主要考虑两个频段，FR1和FR2，其中，FR1和FR2包括的频域范围如表1所示。
表1、FR1和FR2定义
频段定义 对应频段范围
FR1 410MHz–7.125GHz
FR2 24.25GHz–52.6GHz
随着NR系统的演进，新的频段即高频上的技术也开始进行研究。为便于描述，本发明中用FRX表示高频段，高频段包括的频域范围如表2所示。应理解，该高频段名称不应构成任何限定。例如，FRX可以为FR3。
表2、FRX定义
频段定义 对应频段范围
FRX 52.6GHz–71GHz
FRX频段中包括授权频谱，也包括非授权频谱。或者说，FRX频段中包括非共享频谱或专用频谱，也包括共享频谱。
非授权频谱是国家和地区划分的可用于无线电设备通信的频谱，该频谱通常被认为是共享频谱，即不同通信系统中的通信设备只要满足国家或地区在该频谱上设置的法规要求，就可以使用该频谱，不需要向政府申请专有的频谱授权。
为了让使用非授权频谱进行无线通信的各个通信系统在该频谱上能够友好共存，一些国家或地区规定了使用非授权频谱必须满足的法规要求。例如，通信设备遵循“先听后说(Listen Before Talk，LBT)”原则，即通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上进行信号发送前，需要先进行信道检测，只有当信道检测结果为信道空闲时，该通信设备才能进行信号发送；如果通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上的信道检测结果为 信道忙，该通信设备不能进行信号发送。又例如，为了保证公平性，在一次传输中，通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输的时长不能超过一定时间长度。又例如，为了避免在非授权频谱的信道上传输的信号的功率太大，影响该信道上的其他重要信号的传输，通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输时需要遵循不超过最大功率谱密度的限制。需要说明的是，在某些国家或地区，对于FRX频段中包括的非授权频谱，没有LBT的要求。
FRX频段考虑的子载波间隔可以比FR2的子载波间隔更大，目前的候选子载波间隔包括以下几种中的至少一种：240kHz、480kHz、960kHz、1.902MHz、3.84MHz。作为示例，这些候选子载波间隔下对应的参数集(Numerology)如下表3所示。
表3、FRX频段的候选子载波间隔对应的参数集示例
子载波间隔 符号长度 NCP长度 ECP长度 符号带NCP长度 时隙长度
240kHz 4.16μs 0.2902μs 1.04μs 4.452μs 62.5μs
480kHz 2.08μs 0.146μs 0.52μs 2.226μs 31.25μs
960kHz 1.04μs 0.073μs 0.26μs 1.113μs 15.625μs
下面，对共享频谱的部分概念进行介绍。
最大信道占用时间(Maximum Channel Occupation Time，MCOT)：指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测(channel sensing)成功后允许使用该信道进行信号传输的最大时间长度。
信道占用时间(Channel Occupancy Time，COT)：指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后使用该信道进行信号传输的时间长度，也可以认为是在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后占用该信道的时间长度。其中，该时间长度内信号占用信道可以是连续的或不连续的，该时间长度包括发起信道占用的设备和共享信道占用的设备进行信号传输的总时间。
网络设备的信道占用时间(gNB/eNB-initiated COT)：也称为网络设备发起的COT，指网络设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。网络设备发起的COT内除了可以用于网络设备进行传输，也可以在满足一定条件下用于终端设备进行传输。
终端设备的信道占用时间(UE-initiated COT)：也称为终端设备发起的COT，指终端设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。终端设备发起的COT内除了可以用于终端设备进行传输，也可以在满足一定条件下用于网络设备进行传输。
下行传输机会(DL transmission burst)：网络设备进行的一组下行传输(即包括一个或多个下行传输)，该组下行传输为连续传输(即多个下行传输之间没有空隙)，或该组下行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值，例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16微秒(μs)。如果网络设备进行的两个下行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16μs，那么认为该两个下行传输属于两次下行传输机会。
上行传输机会(UL transmission burst)：一个终端设备进行的一组上行传输(即包括一个或多个上行传输)，该组上行传输为连续传输(即多个上行传输之间没有空隙)，或该组上行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值，例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16μs。如果该终端设备进行的两个上行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16μs，那么认为该两个上行传输属于两次上行传输机会。
应理解，在FRX频段，上述预设值可以为其他值，例如为8μs。本发明对此并不限定。
信道检测成功：也称为LBT成功或信道检测空闲。例如，对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测低于能量检测门限。
信道检测失败：也称为LBT失败或信道检测忙碌。例如，对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测高于或等于能量检测门限。
接收侧辅助信道监听是一种类似于Wi-Fi系统的请求发送/允许发送(Request To Send/Clear To Send，RTS/CTS)机制的LBT方式。如图2所示，网络设备在进行传输前，先发送一个RTS消息询问终端设备是否准备好进行数据接收。终端设备在收到RTS消息后，如果LBT过程成功，则可以向网络设备发送一个类似于CTS消息，例如上报自己的干扰测量结果，告知网络设备自己已准备好进行数据接收，网络设备在收到CTS消息后即可向终端设备进行下行传输。或者，如果终端设备没有收到RTS消息，或终端设备收到RTS消息但由于LBT过程失败不能发送CTS消息，则终端设备不会向网络设备发送CTS消息，网络设备在没有收到终端设备的CTS消息的情况下，可放弃向终端设备进行下行传输。
在FRX频段上，对于有LBT要求的国家和地区，LBT方式(即信道接入方式)可以包括全向LBT、定向LBT、接收侧辅助LBT和不做LBT等几种方式。其中，对于不做LBT的信道接入方式，可能还需要受限于例如自动发射功率控制(Automatic Transfer Power Control，ATPC)、动态频率选择(Dynamic frequency selection，DFS)、长期干扰检测或其他干扰消除机制等一定条件。另外做LBT的信道接入和不做LBT的信道接入之间还可以进行切换。
对于没有LBT要求的国家和地区，也需要考虑是否要引入一定条件例如是否需要应用DFS、应用ATPC、应用长期干扰检测、限制一定的占空比(duty cycle)、限制一定的发射功率、限制MCOT等等。
由于FRX的频段比较高，FRX频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式和FR1频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式不同，。例如，在FRX上可以引入基于收发交互的信道接入方式，也称为接收侧辅助信道接入方式。如果要在FRX频段上的NR-U系统中支持接收侧辅助LBT的方式，当终端设备接收到请求发送信息后，如何发送对应的应答信息，目前还没有明确方案。为此，提出了本发明实施例的以下技术方案，本发明实施例的技术方案可以但不局限于应用于FRX上的非授权频谱上。
为便于理解本发明实施例的技术方案，以下通过具体实施例详述本发明的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本发明实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合，其均属于本发明实施例的保护范围。本发明实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。
本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法的一种可选处理流程，应用于第一设备，如图3或图4所示，包括以下步骤：
S301、第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息。
所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
S302、所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
本发明实施例还提供一种无线通信方法，应用于第二设备，如图4所示，
所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程用于辅助所述第二设备的信道检测，或者，用于辅助所述第二设备的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程用于辅助所述第一设备的信道检测，或者，用于辅助所述第一设备的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程可以包括如图1所示的RTS/CTS传输过程。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程可以包括：第二设备向第一设备发起请求例如发送传输请求信息，第一设备在接收到第二设备发送的请求后，向第二设备发送应答信息。可选地，第一设备在接收到第二设备发送的请求后，在满足一定条件的情况下，向第二设备发送应答信息。
本发明实施例中，第一设备可为终端设备或网络设备，第二设备可为终端设备或网络设备。在一示例中，第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为网络设备。在一示例中，第一设备为网络设备，第二设备为终端设备。在又一示例中，第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为终端设备。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息包括混合自动请求重传-应答(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement，HARQ-ACK)信息，或者，应答信息只包括肯定应答(Acknowledgement，ACK)信息。其中，HARQ-ACK信息包括ACK信息或否定应答(Negative Acknowledgement，NACK)信息。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息包括所述第一设备的测量信息，例如，信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)测量结果、波束信息、预编码信息、干扰测量结果、无线资源管理(Radio Resource Management，RRM)或无线链路管理(Radio Link Management，RLM)测量结果等。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息用于向所述第二设备指示是否允许传输，例如，ACK表示允许传输，NACK表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息用于向所述第二设备指示允许传输。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息可以通过物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)传输，即PDCCH中可以携带该第一控制信息。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息可以通过物理侧行控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel，PSCCH)传输，即PSCCH中可以携带该第一控制信息。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息可以通过物理信号例如参考信号携带。作为示例，上述过程可以包括：第一设备接收第二设备发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，所述第一设备根据所述参考信号确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息包括以下两种情况之一：
情况一、若根据所述第一控制信息确定第一设备向所述第二设备发起请求-应答过程，则第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；
情况二、若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程， 所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备确定接收所述第一设备的应答信息；或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备确定不接收所述第一设备的应答信息。
可选地，第二设备确定接收第一设备的应答信息，在第一设备发送应答信息的情况下，接收到第一设备发送的应答信息。
可选地，第二设备确定接收第一设备的应答信息，在第一设备未发送应答信息的情况下，并未接收到第一设备发送的应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；或者，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输；或者，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第一应答信息；或者，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定不允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第一应答信息；或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的应答信息，其中，
所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
当第一设备确定向第二设备发送应答信息，如图5所示，在S302之后，可选地，还包括：
S303、第一设备向第二设备发送应答信息。
当第一设备确定不向第二设备发送应答信息，则第一设备结束流程。
在一些实施例中，第二设备确定接收第一设备的应答信息，包括：第二设备接收第一设备的应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据以下信息中的至少一种，向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息：波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
在一些实施例中，第二设备根据以下信息中的至少一种，接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息：波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
在一示例中，第一设备根据波束指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息。在一示例中，第二设备根据应答资源指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备根据波信道接入指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备根据频域资源指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备根据波束指示信息和信道接入指示向第二设备发送应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备根据应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息。
以第一设备根据波束指示信息向第二设备发送应答信息为例，第一设备根据波束指示信息确定以下至少一种：向第二设备发送应答信息所使用的波束、向第二设备发送应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述波束指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息可以为用于发送应答信息的波束信息。或者，所述第一波束信息可以为与所述应答信息或携带所述应答信息的物理信道或物理信号具有准共址QCL关系的第一参考信号的信息例如第一参考信号的索引。
在一些实施例中，所述第二设备根据所述波束指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息，波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第二设备接收所述应答信息所使用的波 束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息可以用于确定接收应答信息的波束。例如，所述第二设备根据收发波束对应关系确定接收所述应答信息所使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息包括：所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
可选地，第一波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号索引。
在一示例中，以第一设备为终端设备为例，终端设备被预配置多个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，终端设备根据该波束指示信息中的第一波束信息从该多个第一参考信号索引中确定当前用于传输应答信息时关联的目标第一参考信号索引，从而确定传输应答信息所使用的波束，或者确定根据目标第一参考信号索引传输应答信息。
在另一示例中，以第一设备为终端设备为例，终端设备被预配置一个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，则所述第一波束信息包括所述第一参考信号索引。终端设备确定当前用于传输应答信息时关联所述第一参考信号索引，从而确定传输应答信息所使用的波束，或者确定根据所述第一参考信号索引传输应答信息。
可选地，若第一设备为终端设备，应答信息关联的第一参考信号索引包括探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)索引。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
确定方式A1、根据高层参数确定的；
确定方式A2、由所述第二设备指示的；
确定方式A3、预定义的。
在确定方式A1中，所述第一波束信息是根据预配置的高层参数确定的。其中，高层参数可以是网络设备配置的，或者是终端设备配置的。其中，配置高层参数的终端设备可为具有控制功能的终端设备。例如该具有控制功能的终端设备为其所属终端组的组头终端。
在一示例中，第一设备根据高层参数确定传输应答信息时关联的第一参考信号信息。
在一示例中，第一设备被高层参数预配置多个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，并根据MAC CE指示从该多个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引中确定用于传输应答信息时关联的目标第一参考信号索引，从而确定传输应答信息时使用的波束对应的参考信号的信息。
可选地，若第一波束信息的确定方式为确定方式A1，第一控制信息中可不包括第一波束信息。
在确定方式A2中，所述第一波束信息是由所述第二设备指示的。第二设备可通过指示信息指示第一波束信息。
可选地，指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。例如，第一控制信息中包括波束指示信息，所述波束指示信息用于指示第一波束信息。
可选地，第一设备在收到第一控制信息后，可根据该波束指示信息确定第一波束信息。
在确定方式A3中，所述第一波束信息是预定义的。第一设备中可预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示第一波束信息的方式来实现。本发明实施例对于第一波束指示信息的预定义方式不做任何限定，比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，若第一波束信息的确定方式为确定方式A3，第一控制信息中可不包括第一波束信息。
在不矛盾的情况下，上述确定方式可以结合使用。例如在确定方式A1和确定方式A2中，所述第一波束信息是根据预配置的高层参数和所述第二设备的指示信息确定的。作为示例，第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为网络设备，终端设备被预配置多个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，第一控制信息中包括波束指示信息，所述波束指示信息中包括第一波束信息。终端设备根据该第一波束信息从该多个第一参考信号索引中确定当前用于传输应答信息时关联的目标第一参考信号索引，从而确定传输应答信息所使用的波束，或者确定根据目标第一参考信号索引传输应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备被配置第一波束信息集合，所述第一波束信息集合中包括多个第一波束信息，所述波束指示信息用于从所述第一波束信息集合中指示目标第一波束信息。例如，每个第一波束信息对应相应的索引，该波束指示信息可以用于指示目标第一波束信息的索引。
可选地，所述第一波束信息集合是网络设备或具有控制能力的终端设备配置的，或者是预定义的。
在另一些实施例中，所述第一设备被配置第一波束信息集合，所述第一波束信息集合中包括一个第一波束信息，则第一设备可以使用配置的该一个第一波束信息，此情况下，所述波束指示信息不用于确定第一波束信息，或者，所述波束指示信息中不包括第一波束信息，即第二设备可以不必向第一设备指示第一波束信息。
在一些实施例中，波束指示信息中包括第二波束信息，所述第二波束信息用于确定所述第一设备在所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。例如，第一设备根据第二波束信息确定所述应答信 息对应的信道接入过程中所用的波束。这里，应答信息对应的信道接入过程为应答信息对应的LBT过程(即信道检测过程)。
可选地，第二波束信息可包括应答信息关联的波束信息、第一控制信息关联的波束信息和物理信道关联的波束信息中的一种或多种。其中，物理信道为请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。
可选地，所述第二波束信息包括以下至少一种：
所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息；
所述第一控制信息关联的第一传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator，TCI)信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息；
物理信道关联的第二传输配置指示TCI信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息，其中，所述物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息根据第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息和第三参考信号信息中的至少一种确定。作为示例，参考信号信息可以包括参考信号索引。例如，所述第二波束信息根据第一参考信号索引、第二参考信号索引和第三参考信号索引中的至少一种确定。
可选地，所述第一设备为终端设备，所述第一参考信号信息可以包括所述应答信息关联的SRS索引。
可选地，所述第二设备为网络设备，所述第二参考信号信息可以包括所述第一控制信息关联的同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block，SSB)索引，或者，信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal，CSI-RS)索引。可选地，所述第一控制信息可以通过PDCCH传输。
可选地，所述第二设备为网络设备，所述第三参考信号信息可以包括所述物理信道传输关联的SSB索引，或者，CSI-RS索引。可选地，所述物理信道可以包括物理下行链路共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息可以为用于发送所述第一控制信息的波束信息，或者用于确定所述第一控制信息的发送波束的波束信息。或者，所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息可以为与所述第一控制信息或携带所述第一控制信息的物理信道或物理信号具有准共址QCL关系的第二参考信号的信息例如第二参考信号的索引或第二TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，所述物理信道关联的波束信息可以为用于传输物理信道的波束信息。例如，可以根据所述物理信道关联的波束信息确定用于传输物理信道所使用的波束。或者，所述物理信道关联的波束信息可以为与所述物理信道具有QCL关系的第三参考信号的信息例如第三参考信号的索引或第三TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，TCI指示信息可以用于指示下行信号或下行信道对应的准共址(Quasi-co-located，QCL)参考信号，从而接收端可以基于该QCL参考信号进行下行信号或下行信道的接收。
在一些实施例中，TCI指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种：
TCI状态ID，用于标识一个TCI状态；
QCL信息1；
QCL信息2。
其中，一个QCL信息又包含如下信息：
QCL类型(type)配置，可以是QCL type A，QCL type B，QCL type C，QCL type D中的一个；
QCL参考信号配置，包括参考信号所在的小区ID，BWP ID以及参考信号的标识(可以是CSI-RS资源ID或SSB索引)。
其中，QCL信息1和QCL信息2中的至少一个QCL信息的QCL类型必须为typeA，typeB，typeC中的一个，另一个QCL信息(如果配置)的QCL类型必须为QCL type D。
其中，不同QCL类型配置的定义如下：
'QCL-TypeA':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),平均时延(average delay)，延时扩展(delay spread)}；
'QCL-TypeB':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)}；
'QCL-TypeC':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay)}；
'QCL-TypeD':{空间接收参数(Spatial Rx parameter)}。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
确定方式B1、根据高层参数确定的；
确定方式B2、由所述第二设备指示的；
确定方式B3、预定义的。
在确定方式B1中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种信息是根据预配置的高层参数确定的。其中，高层参数可以是网络设备配置的，或者是终端设备配置的。其中，配置高层参数的终端设备可为具有控制功能的终端设备。例如该具有控制功能的终端设备为其所属终端组的组头终端。
可选地，若第二波束信息中的至少一种信息的确定方式为确定方式B1，第一控制信息中可不包括或不用于确定第二波束信息中的该信息或该些信息。
在确定方式B2中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种信息是由所述第二设备指示的。第二设备可通过指示信息指示第二波束信息中的至少一种信息。
可选地，指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。例如，第一控制信息中包括波束指示信息，所述波束指示信息用于指示第二波束信息中的至少一种信息。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后，可根据第一控制信息确定第二波束信息中的至少一种信息。可选地，第一控制信息中包括第二波束信息中的至少一种信息。
在确定方式B3中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种信息是预定义的。第一设备中可预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示第二波束信息的方式来实现。本发明实施例对于第二波束指示信息的预定义方式不做任何限定，比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，若第二波束信息中的至少一种信息的确定方式为确定方式B3，第一控制信息中可不包括或不用于指示第二波束信息中该信息或该些的指示信息。
类似地，在不矛盾的情况下，上述确定方式可以结合使用。在一些实施例中，所述第一设备被配置第二波束信息集合，所述第二波束信息集合中包括多个第二波束信息，所述波束指示信息用于从所述第二波束信息集合中指示目标第二波束信息。例如，每个第二波束信息对应相应的索引，该波束指示信息可以用于指示目标第二波束信息的索引。
可选地，所述第二波束信息集合是网络设备或具有控制功能的终端设备配置的，或者是预定义的。
在另一些实施例中，所述第一设备被配置第二波束信息集合，所述第二波束信息集合中包括一个第二波束信息，则第一设备可以使用配置的该一个第二波束信息，此情况下，所述波束指示信息不用于确定第二波束信息，或者，所述波束指示信息中不包括第二波束信息，即第二设备可以不必向第一设备指示第二波束信息。
本发明实施例中，第二波束信息中应答信息关联的波束信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的；和/或第二波束信息中第一控制信息关联的波束信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的；和/或第二波束信息中物理信道关联的波束信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的。
在一示例中，第二波束信息中应答信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B1确定。
在一示例中，第二波束信息中第一控制信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B2确定。
本发明实施例中，第二波束信息中不同的信息可通过相同的确定方式确定，也可通过不同的确定方式确定。
在一示例中，第二波束信息的应答信息关联的波束信息、所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息和物理信道关联的波束信息都通过确定方式B1确定。
在一示例中，应答信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B1确定，第一控制信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B2确定，物理信道关联的波束信息通过确定方式B3确定。
在一示例中，应答信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B2确定，第一控制信息关联的波束信息通过确定方式B2确定，物理信道关联的波束信息通过确定方式B3确定。
在一些实施例中，当第二波束信息包括以下信息中的多种：所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息、所述第一控制信息关联的第一传输配置指示信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息、物理信道关联的第二传输配置指示信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息。可根据确定方式B1、确定方式B2和确定方式B3中的至少一种确定使用哪种第二波束信息来确定第一设备在所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在一示例中，第二波束信息包括第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一传输配置指示信息和第二传输配置指示信息，第一设备根据高层参数确定使用第二波束信息中的第一传输配置指示信息来确定应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在本申请一些实施例中，所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息。
在本申请一些实施例中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二波束信息与所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联，或者，所述第二波束信息与所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联。或者，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联，或者，所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联。
在本申请一些实施例中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息或所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联，或者，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一参考信号信息关联。可选地，当所述第二指示信息指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息或所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联时，所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联，或者还是与所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联，是根据高层参数确定的。或者说，所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一控制信息关联，还是与所述物理信息关联，是根据高层参数确定的。
可选地，所述第二波束信息和所述第一参考信号信息关联，可以指：所述第二波束信息和所述第一参考信号信息对应，或者所述第二波束信息根据所述第一参考信号信息确定。
可选地，所述第二波束信息和所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联，可以指：所述第二波束信息和所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息对应，或者，所述第二波束信息根据所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息确定，或者，所述第二波束信息包括所述第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息。
可选地，所述第二波束信息和所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联，可以指：所述第二波束信息和所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息对应，或者，所述第二波束信息根据所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息确定，或者，所述第二波束信息包括所述第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息。
作为示例，所述第二指示信息包括1比特，当该1比特指示一预设值例如“1”时，用于指示第二波束信息与第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联；当该1比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时，用于指示第二波束信息与第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联。
可选地，第一设备根据第二波束信息和第二指示信息中的至少一种，完成所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程。例如，若所述第二指示信息指示所述第二波束信息与所述第二参考信号信息关联，那么所述第一设备根据所述第二参考信号信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束；或者，若所述第二指示信息指示所述第二波束信息与所述第三参考信号信息关联，那么所述第一设备根据所述第三参考信号信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息与所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息具有关联关系或与物理信道关联的波束信息具有关联关系；或者，所述第一波束信息是根据所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息确定的或根据所述物理信道关联的波束信息确定的。其中，所述物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。例如，这里的物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程之后(例如在第一设备向第二设备发送应答信息后)传输的物理信道。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的第一TCI信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息例如第二参考信号索引。
在一些实施例中，所述物理信道关联的波束信息包括所述物理信道关联的第二TCI信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息例如第三参考信号索引。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据高层参数配置、所述第二设备指示和预定义等方式中的至少一种，确定所述第一波束信息，其中，所述第一波束信息与以下信息中的至少一种相关联：第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息和第二TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第一波束信息与第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息或第二TCI信息相关联，则所述第一设备根据收发波束对应关系确定第一波束信息，从而确定发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。
在本申请一些实施例中，所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息，其中，所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种：
所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息；
所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。
在本申请的一些实施例中，波束信息可以被替换为参考信号信息或参考信号索引或TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述应答资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
信息一、资源信息，所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源；
信息二、时域位置信息，所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置；
信息三、下行分配指示(Downlink assignment index，DAI)信息，所述DAI信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置；
信息四、功控信息，所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。
可选地，应答资源指示信息中可包括上述信息中的至少一种。
第一设备根据所述应答资源指示信息确定应答资源、应答资源的时域位置、下行分配指示信息和功控信息中的至少一项，并根据确定的应答资源、应答资源的时域位置、下行分配指示信息和功控信息中的至少一项，向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
以应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息一为例，第一设备根据应答资源指示信息确定资源信息，根据资源信息确定应答资源，并通过应答资源传输应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第二设备根据所述应答资源指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息。
作为一示例，第二设备根据所述应答资源指示信息确定应答资源和应答信息对应的码本排列等中的至少一项，接收所述第一设备的应答信息。
可选地，应答资源包括以下资源之一：物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)资源、物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel，PRACH)资源、SRS资源、物理侧行反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel，PSFCH)资源和物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)资源。
在一些实施例中，当应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息一，所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息；或者，所述应答资源包括PRACH资源，所述资源信息包括随机接入前导序列索引信息；或者，所述应答资源包括SRS资源，所述资源信息包括SRS资源信息；或者，所述应答资源包括PSFCH资源，所述资源信息包括PSFCH资源信息；或者，所述应答资源包括PUSCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUSCH资源分配信息。
以应答资源为PUCCH资源为例，应答资源指示信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息，第一设备根据PUCCH资源指示信息确定发送应答信息的PUCCH资源，并通过确定的PUCCH资源发送应答信息。
可选地，PUCCH资源指示信息包括PUCCH resource indicator。
在一示例中，第一设备根据PUCCH资源指示信息从PUCCH资源集合中确定用于传输应答信息的PUCCH资源。
以应答资源是PRACH资源为例，应答资源指示信息中包括随机接入前导序列索引(Random Access Preamble index)信息和/或PRACH资源集合信息，所述应答信息包括所述随机接入前导序列索引对应的随机接入前导序列，第一设备在确定的PRACH资源上发送所述随机接入前导序列。
在一示例中，第一设备中被预配置PRACH资源集合，第一设备根据从PRACH资源集合中确定用于传输应答信息的PRACH资源。
在一示例中，第二设备中预配置PRACH资源集合，第二设备在根据从PRACH资源集合中确定的用于传输应答信息的PRACH资源上检测或接收应答信息。
可选地，网络设备或具有控制功能的终端设备通过系统消息配置PRACH资源集合或预设PRACH资源集合。
以应答资源是SRS资源为例，应答资源指示信息中包括SRS资源信息，第一设备根据SRS资源信息确定发送应答信息所使用SRS资源，或第二设备根据SRS资源信息确定接收应答信息所使用SRS资源。例如，SRS资源信息用于确定SRS资源的时域位置信息、和/或频域位置信息、和/或SRS索引信息。其中，SRS资源的时域位置信息包括SRS在对应时隙中包括的符号个数。
本发明实施例中，第一控制信息可为公共控制信息，也可为专用控制信息。
若第一控制信息为公共控制信息，第二设备可将第一控制信息发送至一个或多个第一设备。
在第二设备将第一控制信息发送至多个第一设备的情况下，多个第一设备发送答应信息所使用的应答资源可以在相同的时间单元上。可选地，多个第一设备对应的应答资源在相同的时频单元上。可选地，当多个第一设备对应的应答资源在相同的时频单元上，可通过参考信号序列或波束来区分不同的第一设备对应的应答资源，即通过参考信号序列或波束来区分不同的第一设备在相同的时频单元上发送的应答信息。
以应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息二为例，第一设备根据应答资源指示信息确定时域位置信息，根据时域位置信息确定应答资源的时域位置，并根据确定的时域位置发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，当应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息二，
所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源，所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)反馈时序指示信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括PRACH资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会；或者，
所述应答资源包括SRS资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源，所述第一时域位置信息包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息。
作为一个示例，HARQ反馈时序指示信息用于指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的取值。其中，HARQ反馈时序集合可以是预设的或网络设备配置的，HARQ反馈时序集合中包括至少一个K1值。
如果HARQ反馈时序集合中只包括一个K1值，则所述应答资源指示信息中可以不包括HARQ反馈时序指示，HARQ反馈资源的时域位置根据该HARQ反馈时序集合中的该K1值确定。
如果HARQ反馈时序集合中包括多个K1值，则所述应答资源指示信息中可以包括HARQ反馈时序指示，所述HARQ反馈时序指示信息用于从该HARQ反馈时序集合中指示一个K1值，该PUCCH应答资源的时域位置根据该K1值确定。
可选地，所述HARQ反馈时序指示信息对应的比特数量可根据HARQ反馈时序集合中K1值的数量来确定。
例如，HARQ反馈时序集合是预设的，预设值为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}。HARQ反馈时序指示信息包括3比特，该3比特指示信息与该8个值一一映射。具体地，该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为000时，表示K1＝1；该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为001时，表示K1＝2，等等。
又例如，网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合中包括4个值，HARQ反馈时序指示信息包括2比特。该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为00时，指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第一个值，该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为01时，指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第二个值，等等。
可选地，所述PUCCH应答资源用于传输PUCCH格式0。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源包括PSFCH资源，所述第一时域位置信息包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息。
在另一些实施例中，所述应答资源包括PRACH资源，所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会。可选地，随机接入信道传输机会包括PRACH Mask index。
在又一些实施例中，所述应答资源包括SRS资源，所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。其中，SRS资源对应的时间单元信息包括SRS对应的时隙，SRS在对应时隙中的起始符号等信息中的至少一种。
可选地，如果第一设备需要通过一个物理信道或物理信号反馈对应多个频域资源的应答信息，则该对应多个频域资源的应答信息可以通过PUCCH传输。如果第一设备需要通过一个物理信道或物理信号反馈对应一个频域资源的应答信息，则该对应一个频域资源的应答信息可以通过PUCCH或PRACH或SRS传输。
可选地，如果多个频域资源的应答信息对应一个物理信道或物理信号，则该一个物理信道或物理信号可以为PUCCH，第二设备可以通过该PUCCH接收该对应多个频域资源的应答信息。如果一个频域资源的应答信息对应一个物理信道或物理信号，则该一个物理信道或物理信号可以为PUCCH或PRACH或SRS，第二设备可以通过该PUCCH或PRACH或SRS接收该对应一个频域资源的应答信息。
通过允许应答信息可以通过不同类型的资源进行传输，为网络设备的资源配置提供了灵活度。例如网络设备可以综合小区里的终端设备的业务负载情况，为不同的终端设备灵活配置其应答信息对应的资源类型，从而使不同终端设备的应答资源可以进行复用，提高频谱资源利用效率。
以应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息三为例，DAI信息可以包括DAI计数(counter DAI，C-DAI)信息和/或DAI总数(Total Downlink Assignment Index，T-DAI)信息。例如，第一设备可以根据应答资源指示信息确定DAI信息，并根据DAI信息确定应答信息在反馈码本中的位置。
以应答资源指示信息确定的信息包括信息四为例，第一设备根据应答资源指示信息确定功控信息，第一设备根据功控信息确定传输应答信息的发射功率，并根据确定的发射功率发送应答信息。
可选地，功控信息为对PUCCH的TPC指令信息(TPC command for scheduled PUCCH)。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
确定方式C1、根据高层参数确定的；
确定方式C2、由所述第二设备指示的；
确定方式C3、预定义的。
在确定方式C1中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种信息是根据预配置的高层参数确定的。其中，高层参数可以是网络设备配置的，或者是终端设备配置的。其中，配置高层参数的终端设备可为具有控制功能的终端设备。例如该具有控制功能的终端设备为其所属终端组的组头终端。
可选地，若应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息的确定方式为确定方式C1，第一控制信息中可不包括所述应答资源指示信息中的该信息或该些信息。
以时域位置信息是根据高层参数确定为例，第一设备被高层参数配置间隔值，则应答资源的时域位置与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为所述间隔值，或应答资源与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为所述间隔值之后的第一个可用应答资源。
当应答资源的时域位置与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为间隔值，第一设备在与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为间隔值的位置上发送应答信息。相应地，第二设备在该位置上接收该应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备被高层参数配置间隔值为Ka，第一设备在时隙n上收到该第一控制信息，则在时隙n+Ka上发送应答信息。
当应答资源为与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为间隔值之后的第一个可用应答资源，第一设备在与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为间隔值的位置之后的第一个可用应答资源上发送应答信息。在一示例中，第一设备中被高层参数配置间隔值为Ka，第一设备在时隙n上收到该第一控制信息，则应答资源的位置为满足该间隔值条件例如为时隙n+Ka后的第一个可用的应答资源。
在确定方式C2中，所述应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息是由所述第二设备指示的。第二设备可通过指示信息指示应答资源指示信息中的至少一种信息。
可选地，指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。例如，第一控制信息中包括应答资源指示信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于指示所述应答资源关联的至少一种信息。第一设备接收到第一控制信息后，可根据第一控制信息确定所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种信息。
以时域位置信息是根据第二设备通过第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息指示为例。第二设备可以通过高层参数配置多个间隔值，并通过第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息来指示应使用该多个间隔值中的哪个值，第一设备根据该应答资源指示信息指示的间隔值可以确定应答资源的时域位置。
在确定方式C3中，所述应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息是预定义的。第一设备或第二设备中可预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于确定应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息的方式来实现。本发明实施例对于应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息的预定义方式不做任何限定，比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，若应答资源指示信息中至少一种信息的确定方式为确定方式C3，第一控制信息中可不包括该应答资源指示信息中该信息或该些信息的指示信息。
同样以确定方式C1中的时域位置信息为例，在确定方式C3中，时域位置信息是预定义的，或者说，前述间隔值可以是预定义的。具体地，第一设备中预定义间隔值，则应答资源的时域位置与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为所述间隔值，或应答资源与第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔为所述间隔值之后的第一个可用应答资源。具体实施方式可参考前面描述，此处不再赘述。
类似地，在不矛盾的情况下，上述确定方式可以结合使用。
本发明实施例中，应答资源指示信息中的资源信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的；和/或应答资源指示信息中的时域位置信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的；和/或应答资源指示信息中的下行分配指示信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的；和/或应答资源指示信息中的功控信息是根据高层参数确定的或由所述第二设备指示的或预定义的。
在一示例中，应答资源指示信息中的资源信息通过确定方式C1确定。
在一示例中，应答资源指示信息中的时域位置信息通过确定方式C2确定。
本发明实施例中，应答资源指示信息中包括的不同的信息可通过相同的确定方式确定，也可通过不同的确定方式确定。
在一示例中，应答资源指示信息中的资源信息、时域位置信息、下行分配指示信息、通过确定方式C1确定。
在一示例中，应答资源指示信息中的资源信息、时域位置信息通过确定方式C2确定，下行分配指示信息通过确定方式C3确定。
在一示例中，以应答资源指示信息中的资源信息通过确定方式C2确定为例，第一设备被通过高层参数或系统信息配置或预定义多个应答资源，第二设备通过第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息来指示应使用该多个应答资源中的哪个应答资源，第一设备通过第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息来从多个应答资源中确定用于发送应答信息的应答资源。
在一示例中，第二设备通过高层参数或系统信息配置或预定义一个应答资源。在该情况下，第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息不包括用于确定该应答资源的资源信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述信道接入指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式；
所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix Extension，CPE)长度。
可选地，所述应答信息对应的CPE长度为应答信息的第一个符号的CPE长度，即所述信道接入指示信息用于确定应答信息的第一个符号的CPE长度。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一：不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式。
在一些实施例中，所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。
在一些实施例中，所述第一类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述第二类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。
也就是说，所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式可以为以下中的一种：
不做信道检测的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入，对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息；或者，所述信道接入指示信息用于指示联合编码的所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度可以通过不同的信息指示，或者也可以通过同一信息指示。
例如，所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息，所述第一信道接入指示信息对应第一配置集合中一组配置，所述第一配置集合中的每组配置包括信道接入方式和/或延长循环前缀CPE长度。
可选地，第一配置集合中包括一组配置，该一组配置用于指示信道接入方式为不做信道检测的信道接入和/或CPE长度为0。
又例如，所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息和第二信道接入指示信息，所述第一信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一个信道接入方式中的一种，所述第二信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一种CPE长度中的一种。
在一些实施例中，信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型包括对应全向信道检测或对应定向信道检测。可选地，信道检测波束类型可以是全向或定向。在定向情况下，信道检测波束方向可以是具体关联的波束方向或参考信号索引或TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，根据所述信道接入指示信息确定的信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预定义的；和/或，该信道检测波束方向(即信道接入过程中使用的波束)基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预定义的。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息(例如ACK信息)的情况下，在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下，所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
对于第二设备来说，若第二设备接收到了应答信息(例如ACK信息)，则确定可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。若第二设备接收到了NACK信息或者未接收到任何应答信息，则可以确定不向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。
在一些实施例中，对于第二设备向第一设备的传输需要进行信道检测的情况，第二设备在进行传输之前，需要进行信道检测，如果信道检测成功，则可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。
在一些实施例中，第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息时对应的信道接入方式基于高层参数确定和/或是预定义的。
在一示例中，信道接入指示信息指示不做信道检测的信道接入，则终端设备在传输应答信息前可以不做LBT。
在一示例中，当第一设备确定信道接入方式为定向信道检测，第一设备根据第二波束信息确定该信道接入方式关联的波束信息。可选地，终端设备根据该关联的波束信息进行信道检测。
在一示例中，若第一设备中没有第二波束信息，或第一设备确定信道接入方式为全向信道检测，终端设备确定应答信息对应的信道接入过程中的信道接入为全向信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
确定方式D1、根据高层参数确定的；
确定方式D2、由所述第二设备指示的；
确定方式D3、预定义的。
在确定方式D1中，高层参数可以是网络设备配置的，或者是终端设备配置的。其中，配置高层参数的终端设备可为具有控制功能的终端设备。
在一示例中，第一设备根据高层参数确定应答信息对应的信道接入方式。
可选地，若信道接入指示信息中的某一种信息的确定方式为确定方式D1，第一控制信息中可不包括该信道接入指示信息中的该种信息。
在确定方式D2中，第二设备可通过指示信息指示应答信息对应的信道接入方式和/或应答信息对应的CPE长度。其中，该指示信息通过第一控制信息携带。
在一示例中，第一控制信息包括信道接入指示信息，信道接入指示信息指示不做信道检测的信道接入，则终端设备在传输应答信息前可以不做信道接入。
在确定方式D3中，第一设备中可预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示信道接入指示信息的方式来实现。本发明实施例对于信道接入指示信息的预定义方式不做任何限定，比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，若信道接入指示信息中的某一种信息的确定方式为确定方式D3，第一控制信息中可不包括该信道接入指示信息中的该种信息。
以信道接入指示信息中的信道接入方式的确定方式为确定方式D3为例，第一设备根据预定义的规则确定应答信息对应的信道接入方式。
可选地，预定义的规则包括以下之一：
规则A1、在应答信息发送前不做信道检测；
规则A2，在满足一定条件下，在应答信息发送前不做信道检测。
可选地，该预定义的规则包括以下之一：
规则B1、在应答信息发送前做第二类型的信道接入；
规则B2、在满足一定条件下，在应答信息发送前做第二类型的信道接入。
可选地，预定的规则为规则A2或规则B2中的条件包括以下至少一种：
条件一、第一控制信息的结束位置和应答信息的起始位置之间的间隔小于或等于第一预设值；
条件二、应答信息的传输满足一定的占空比限制。
作为一示例，应答信息传输的占空比为第二预设值。可选地，第二预设值为1/20。
作为另一示例，应答信息的传输满足一定的占空比限制，包括：在第一周期内应答信息传输占用的时域资源不超过第三预设值。可选地，第一周期长度为100ms，和/或，第三预设值为10ms。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述频域资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，其中，所述至少一个频域资源是根据所述频域资源指示信息是确定的。例如，所述频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述频域资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，其中，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分(Bandwidth Part，BWP)对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，其中，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，其中，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，第一频域资源集合为一个BWP上配置的至少一个频域资源集合。例如，一个频域资源集合为一个资源块(Resource Block，RB)集合。
在一些实施例中，第一频域资源集合为一个小区上配置的至少一个频域资源集合。
在一些实施例中，所述第一BWP为所述终端设备的激活BWP。所述第一频域资源可以为所述终端设备被配置的第一激活BWP对应的频域资源，其中，所述终端设备被配置第一小区，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，所述第一激活BWP包括所述第一小区中的每个小区上的激活BWP，每个激活BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
以第一频域资源包括所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源为例，第一设备根据频域资源指示信息确定第一设备被配置的第一小区对应所述请求-应答过程，在第一小区对应的频域资源上向第二设备发送应答信息，或者，向第二设备发送对应第一小区的应答信息。
以第一频域资源包括第一设备被配置的第一BWP对应的频域资源为例，第一设备根据频域资源指示信息确定第一设备被配置的第一BWP对应所述请求-应答过程，在第一设备被配置的第一BWP对应的频域资源上向第二设备发送应答信息，或者，向第二设备发送对应第一BWP的应答信息。
以第一频域资源包括第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源为例，第一设备根据频域资源指示信息确定第一频域资源集合对应所述请求-应答过程，在第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源上向第二设备发送应答信息，或者，向第二设备发送对应第一频域资源集合的应答信息。
在一些实施例中，对应地，所述第二设备根据所述频域资源指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息。
在一些实施例中，应答信息包括一个或多个比特。
在一些实施例中，应答信息中的一个比特对应第一频域资源中的一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，应答信息中的一个比特对应第一频域资源中被发起所述请求-应答过程的一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，例如所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源中的所有频域资源对应相同的应答资源；或者，所述至少一个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应一个应答资源。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括M个比特，其中每个比特对应所述M个频域资源中的一个频域资源。其中，所述M个比特中与所述K个频域资源对应的比特位置上的应答信息对应允许发送，所述M个比特中的其他比特位置上的应答信息对应不允许发送。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括M个比特，其中每个比特对应所述M个频域资源中的一个频域资源。其中，当K大于0时，所述M个比特中与所述K个频域资源对应的比特位置上的应答信息对应允许发送，所述M个比特中的其他比特位置上的应答信息对应不允许发送。当K为0时，所述第一设备不发送所述应答信息。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括K个比特，其中每个比特对应所述K个频域资源中的一个频域资源。可选地，所述K个比特的排列顺序是根据下行分配指示信息确定的。
在一些实施例中，以第一频域资源包括第一设备被配置的激活BWP上的第一频域资源集合为例，第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。第一设备被配置的激活BWP上包括M个频域资源集合，则应答信息包括M个比特，其中每个比特对应一个频域资源集合，第一设备向第二设备发送的应答信息中包括该M比特，且一个比特对应第一设备被配置的激活BWP上的一个频域资源集合。
在一示例中，第一设备被配置的激活BWP上包括5个频域资源集合即频域资源集合1～5，应答信息包括5个比特：比特1、比特2、比特3、比特4和比特5，其中，比特1对应频域资源集合1，比特2对应频域资源集合2，比特3对应频域资源集合3，比特4对应频域资源集合4，比特5对应频域资源集合5。
在一些实施例中，以第一频域资源包括第一设备被配置的激活BWP上的第一频域资源集合为例，第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。第一设备被配置的激活BWP上包括M个频域资源集合，则应答信息包括N个比特，其中，N比特中的一个或多个比特对应一个频域资源集合，或者，M个频域资源集合中的一个或多个频域资源集合对应一个比特。
在一示例中，第一频域资源集合包括1个频域资源集合即频域资源集合1，应答信息包括5个比特：比特1、比特2、比特3、比特4和比特5，其中，比特1至比特5对应频域资源集合1。在一示例中，第一频域资源集合包括2个频域资源集合即频域资源集合1和2，应答信息包括5个比特：比特1、比特2、比特3、比特4和比特5，其中，比特1和比特2对应频域资源集合1，比特3、比特4和比特 5对应频域资源集合2。在一示例中，第一频域资源集合包括2个频域资源集合即频域资源集合1和2，应答信息包括1个比特，其中，该比特对应频域资源集合1和2。在一示例中，第一频域资源集合包括2个频域资源集合即频域资源集合1～3，应答信息包括5个比特：比特1、比特2、比特3、比特4和比特5，比特1对应频域资源集合1，比特2对应频域资源集合2，比特3、比特4和比特5对应频域资源集合3。
在一示例中，第一设备的激活BWP上包括4个RB集合，分别为RB集合0～3。相应地，第一设备发送的应答信息中包括4个比特，分别与该4个RB集合一一对应。其中，该4个比特通过一个应答资源传输。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源包括多个频域资源，所述多个频域资源对应的应答信息通过一个频域资源传输，或者说，所述多个频域资源对应的应答资源在一个频域资源内。可选地，所述多个频域资源对应的应答信息通过所述多个频域资源中的一个频域资源传输。
在一示例中，如图6所示，以第一设备是终端设备，第二设备是网络设备为例。终端设备的激活BWP上包括4个RB集合，分别为RB集合0～3。网络设备在RB集合0和RB集合1上向终端设备发起对应RB集合0和RB集合1的请求-应答过程(作为示例，在图中以RTS表示)。相应地，终端设备发送的对应RB集合0和RB集合1的应答信息通过RB集合0中的频域资源传输(作为示例，在图中以CTS表示)。可选地，网络设备在收到终端设备发送的应答信息后，可以通过RB集合0和1中的资源向该终端设备发送下行传输。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源包括多个频域资源，所述多个频域资源中每个频域资源对应的应答信息通过一个频域资源传输，或者说，所述多个频域资源中每个频域资源对应的应答资源在一个频域资源内。可选地，所述多个频域资源中每个频域资源对应的应答信息通过该频域资源传输。
在一示例中，如图7所示，以第一设备是终端设备，第二设备是网络设备为例。终端设备的激活BWP上包括4个RB集合，分别为RB集合0～3。网络设备在RB集合0和RB集合1上向终端设备发起对应RB集合0和RB集合1的请求-应答过程(作为示例，在图中以RTS表示)。相应地，终端设备发送的对应RB集合0和RB集合1的应答信息分别通过RB集合0和RB集合1中的频域资源传输(作为示例，在图中以CTS表示)。可选地，网络设备在收到终端设备发送的应答信息后，可以通过RB集合0和1中的资源向该终端设备发送下行传输。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源包括多个频域资源，所述多个频域资源中部分频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的应答信息通过一个频域资源传输(或者说，所述多个频域资源中部分频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的应答资源在一个频域资源内)，所述多个频域资源中另一部分频域资源对应的应答信息通过一个频域资源传输(或者说，所述多个频域资源中另一部分频域资源对应的应答资源在一个频域资源内)。可选地，所述多个频域资源中对应的应答信息通过所述多个频域资源中的至少一个频域资源传输。
在一示例中，如图8所示，以第一设备是终端设备，第二设备是网络设备为例。终端设备的激活BWP上包括4个RB集合，分别为RB集合0～3。网络设备在RB集合0、RB集合1和RB集合2上向终端设备发起对应RB集合0、RB集合1和RB集合2的请求-应答过程(作为示例，在图中以RTS表示)。相应地，终端设备发送的对应RB集合0的应答信息通过RB集合0中的频域资源传输，对应RB集合1和2的应答信息通过RB集合1中的频域资源传输(作为示例，在图中以CTS表示)。可选地，网络设备在收到终端设备发送的应答信息后，可以通过RB集合0、1和2中的资源向该终端设备发送下行传输。
在一些实施例中，所述频域资源指示信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
确定方式E1、根据高层参数确定的；
确定方式E2、由所述第二设备指示的；
确定方式E3、预定义的。
在确定方式E1中，频域资源指示信息是根据预配置的高层参数确定的。其中，高层参数可以是网络设备配置的，或者是终端设备配置的。其中，配置高层参数的终端设备可为具有控制功能的终端设备。例如该具有控制功能的终端设备为其所属终端组的组头终端。
在一示例中，若频域资源指示信息的确定方式为确定方式E1，第一控制信息中可不包括频域资源指示信息。
在确定方式E2中，频域资源指示信息是第二设备指示的。第二设备可通过指示信息指示频域资源指示信息。
在一示例中，指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。第二设备通过第一控制信息指示频域资源指示信息。可选地，第一控制信息中包括频域资源指示信息。
在确定方式E3中，频域资源指示信息是预定义的。第一设备或第二设备中可预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示频域资源指示信息的方式来实现。本发明实施例对于频域资源指示信息的预定义方式不做任何限定，比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
可选地，若频域资源指示信息的确定方式为确定方式E3，第一控制信息中可不包括频域资源指示信息。
类似地，在不矛盾的情况下，上述确定方式可以结合使用。
在另一些实施例中，所述第一设备被配置第一频域资源，则第一设备可以使用配置的第一频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；或者，
所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式，所述第一控制信息格式指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，所述方法还包括：
所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息对应的第一控制信息格式，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息不用于确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，则在第一控制信息中携带传输请求信息；第二设备未向第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，则在第一控制信息中不携带传输请求信息。
在一些实施例中，第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，则在第一控制信息中携带的传输请求信息为有效值；第二设备未向第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，则在第一控制信息中携带的传输请求信息中的至少一种为无效值。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，包括：
若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一设备确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一设备确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备没有向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向第二设备发送应答信息，包括以下确定方式至少之一：
确定方式一、所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中包括的信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果第一控制信息中不包括传输请求信息，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，如果所述第一设备根据所述传输请求信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述第一设备根据所述传输请求信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
确定方式二、所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息对应的格式确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答 信息。
在一些实施例中，用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的控制信息格式为第一格式。如果所述第一设备根据所述第一格式接收到所述第一控制信息，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述第一格式接收到所述第一控制信息，如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括格式指示信息，如果所述第一设备根据所述格式指示信息确定所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述第一设备根据所述格式指示信息确定所述第一控制信息对应的格式不是用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括格式指示信息，所述格式指示信息指示所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式。如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息。
在一些实施例中，格式指示信息包括1比特。例如，当格式指示信息指示一预设值例如“1”时，该格式指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息对应的格式是用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式；当格式指示信息指示另一预设值例如“0”时，该格式指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息对应的格式不是用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的格式。
在一示例中，以第一设备是终端设备，第二设备是网络设备为例。假设网络设备通过高层参数配置调度终端设备的PDSCH传输的DCI格式用于指示所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，其中该DCI格式例如可以为非回退DCI格式，例如DCI格式1_1。DCI格式1_1中可以包括格式指示信息。当终端设备收到对应DCI格式1_1的DCI，如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则该DCI中包括传输请求信息，终端设备根据包括传输请求信息的格式对该DCI进行解读；如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI不用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则终端设备根据调度PDSCH传输的格式对该DCI进行解读。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的或者预定义的。例如，可以是网络设备或具有控制功能的终端设备通过高层参数配置的。
在一示例中，第二设备通过高层参数配置第一控制信息中不包括传输请求信息，则第一设备确定第一控制信息中不包括传输请求信息。在一示例中，第二设备通过高层参数配置第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，则第一设备确定第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息。
在一示例中，第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是预定义的，或者，第一控制信息对应的控制信息格式中是否包括所述传输请求信息对应的信息域是预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，传输请求信息包括第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息中的一种或多种。
在一些实施例中，传输请求信息用于指示第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息中的一种或多种。
以传输请求信息包括第一指示信息为例，第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
在一示例中，第一指示信息包括1比特，当该比特指示一预设值例如“1”时，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息用于发送传输请求信息或发起请求-应答过程；当该比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息不用于发送传输请求信息或不发起请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息， 包括：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；
和/或，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
其中，第一应答信息指示第一设备允许第二设备向第一设备传输数据。
第二应答信息指示第一设备不允许第二设备向第一设备传输数据。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；和/或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息，其中，
所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；和/或，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定不允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息；和/或，所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。
可选地，应答信息包括HARQ-ACK信息，或者，应答信息只包括ACK信息。其中，HARQ-ACK信息包括ACK信息或NACK信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：
在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；或者，
在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下，所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
本发明实施例中，第一设备确定向第二设备发送应答消息后，进行信道接入，并在信道接入成功的情况下，向第二设备发送应答信息，在信道接入失败的情况下，不向第二设备发送应答信息。
下面，以第一设备为终端设备，第二设备为网络设备为例，对本发明实施例提供的无线通信方法进行描述。
本发明实施例中的至少部分内容可以应用于在FRX频段包括的非授权频谱上的基于收发交互的通信系统。例如，本实施例可以包括应答信息的确定和发送方法。但本实施例不限于此，例如也可以应用于其他需要进行收发交互的通信场景。
实例一、终端设备确定是否向网络设备发送应答信息
终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述终端设备确定所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，或用于所述终端设备确定所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发送请求发送信息，或用于所述终端设备确定所述网络设备发送的请求发送信息；
所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述终端设备根据 所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备没有向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向网络设备发送应答信息，包括以下确定方式至少之一：
确定方式一、所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息中包括的信息确定是否向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果第一控制信息中不包括传输请求信息，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，如果所述终端设备根据所述传输请求信息确定所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述终端设备根据所述传输请求信息确定所述网络设备未向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
确定方式二、所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息对应的格式确定是否向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的控制信息格式为第一格式。如果所述终端设备根据所述第一格式接收到所述第一控制信息，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述终端设备根据所述第一格式接收到所述第一控制信息，如果所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备未向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括格式指示信息，如果所述终端设备根据所述格式指示信息确定所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述终端设备根据所述格式指示信息确定所述第一控制信息对应的格式不是用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括格式指示信息，所述格式指示信息指示所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式。如果所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定向所述网络设备发送应答信息；或者，如果所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述网络设备未向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则所述终端设备确定不向所述网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第一控制信息对应的格式为用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式，则所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息。
在一些实施例中，格式指示信息包括1比特。例如，当格式指示信息指示一预设值例如“1”时，该格式指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息对应的格式是用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式；当格式指示信息指示另一预设值例如“0”时，该格式指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息对应的格式不是用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程的格式。
在一示例中，假设网络设备通过高层参数配置调度终端设备的PDSCH传输的DCI格式用于指示所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，其中该DCI格式例如可以为非回退DCI格式，例如DCI格式1_1。DCI格式1_1中可以包括格式指示信息。当终端设备收到对应DCI格式1_1的DCI，如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则该DCI中包括传输请求信息，终端设备根据包括传输请求信息的格式对该DCI进行解读；如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI不用于所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起请求-应答过程，则终端设备根据调度PDSCH传输的格式对该DCI进行解读。
在一些实施例中，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述传输请求信息用于指示以下至少一种信息：
第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述网络设备是否向所述终端设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是网络设备通过高层参数配置 的或预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述终端设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，其中，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述终端设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，其中，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述终端设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，其中，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，第一频域资源集合为一个BWP上配置的频域资源集合。
在一些实施例中，所述第一BWP为所述终端设备的激活BWP。所述第一频域资源可以为所述终端设备被配置的第一激活BWP对应的频域资源，其中，所述终端设备被配置第一小区，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，所述第一激活BWP包括所述第一小区中的每个小区上的激活BWP，每个激活BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述传输请求信息中的频域资源指示信息用于确定所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源。
作为一个示例，所述终端设备被配置的第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述频域资源指示信息包括M比特，其中每个比特对应一个频域资源。如果所述M个比特中的某个比特指示一预设值例如“1”时，该比特用于指示所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的所述请求-应答过程，与该比特对应的频域资源相对应；或者，如果所述M个比特中的某个比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时，该比特用于指示所述网络设备未向所述终端设备发起的所述请求-应答过程，与该比特对应的频域资源相对应。
实例二、终端设备确定应答信息传输关联的波束信息。这里将应答信息传输关联的波束信息记为第一波束信息。
在一些实施例中，第一波束信息包括应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
在一些实施例中，第一波束信息包括应答信息关联的第一参考信号索引。
作为一示例，这里的第一参考信号可以为SRS。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定、由所述网络设备指示和预定义。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息是由所述网络设备通过所述第一控制信息指示的。例如，第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息中的波束指示信息用于确定所述第一波束信息。
作为一示例，终端设备被高层参数预配置多个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，第一控制信息中包括波束指示信息，所述波束指示信息中包括第一波束信息。终端设备根据该第一波束信息从该多个第一参考信号索引中确定当前用于传输应答信息时关联的目标第一参考信号索引，从而确定传输应答信息所使用的波束，或者确定根据所述目标第一参考信号索引传输应答信息。
作为另一示例，终端设备被高层参数预配置一个与应答信息传输关联的第一参考信号索引，则终端设备根据该配置的第一参考信号索引确定传输应答信息所使用的波束，或者确定根据所述第一参考信号索引传输应答信息。在这种情况下，第一控制信息可以不用于确定第一波束信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息与所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息具有关联关系或与物理信道关联的波束信息具有关联关系；或者，所述第一波束信息是根据所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息确定的或根据所述物理信道关联的波束信息确定的。其中，所述物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。例如，这里的物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程之后(例如在终端设备向网络设备发送应答信息后)传输的物理共享信道例如PDSCH等。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息包括所述第一控制信息关联的第一传输配置指示TCI信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息例如第二参考信号索引。
在一些实施例中，所述物理信道关联的波束信息包括所述物理信道关联的第二TCI信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息例如第三参考信号索引。
在一些实施例中，所述终端设备根据高层参数配置、所述网络设备指示和预定义等方式中的至少一种，确定所述第一波束信息，其中，所述第一波束信息与以下信息中的至少一种相关联：第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息和第二TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第一波束信息与第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息或第二TCI信息相关联，则所述终端设备根据收发波束对应关系确定第一波束信息，从而确定发送 所述应答信息所使用的波束。
实例三、终端设备确定应答信息传输对应的信道接入方式
在一些实施例中，应答信息传输对应的信道接入方式是根据信道接入指示信息确定的，其中，信道接入指示信息可以是预定义的规则或所述网络设备指示的或根据高层参数确定的。
在一些实施例中，信道接入方式包括以下一种：不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，第一类型的信道接入为随机回退的多个监听时隙的信道接入方式，第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。
作为一示例，信道接入指示信息可以是预定义的规则。例如，该预定义的规则包括：应答信息传输对应不做信道检测的信道接入。又例如，该预定义的规则包括：在满足第一条件下，应答信息传输对应不做信道检测的信道接入。又例如，该预定义的规则包括：应答信息传输对应第二类型的信道接入。又例如，该预定义的规则包括：在满足第一条件下，应答信息传输对应第二类型的信道接入。
其中，所述第一条件包括以下至少一种：第一控制信息传输的结束位置和应答信息传输的起始位置之间的间隔小于或等于第一预设值；应答信息的传输满足一定的占空比限制。
作为一示例，信道接入指示信息是所述网络设备指示的。例如，第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息中包括信道接入指示信息，所述信道接入指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式和/或所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。终端设备可根据所述信道接入指示信息确定所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式和/或所述应答信息对应的CPE长度。
作为一示例，信道接入指示信息是所述网络设备通过高层参数配置的。例如，所述网络设备通过高层参数配置所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为不做信道检测的信道接入、或第一类型的信道接入、或第二类型的信道接入。又例如，所述网络设备通过高层参数配置所述应答信息对应的CPE长度。
在一些实施例中，信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型包括对应全向信道检测或对应定向信道检测。例如第一类型的信道接入包括对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入或对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入；第二类型的信道接入包括对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入或对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预定义的。
在一些实施例中，如果所述信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型为对应定向信道检测，则所述终端设备需要确定所述信道接入方式关联的波束信息。
实例四、终端设备确定应答信息传输的信道接入方式关联的波束信息。这里将应答信息传输对应的信道接入方式关联的波束信息记为第二波束信息。
在一些实施例中，第二波束信息(即定向信道检测波束方向或信道接入过程中使用的波束)基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息与应答信息关联的所述第一参考信号信息例如第一参考信号索引具有关联关系。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息与所述第一控制信息关联的波束信息具有关联关系。例如所述第二波束信息与所述第一TCI信息或所述第二参考信号信息例如第二参考信号索引具有关联关系。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息与所述物理信道关联的波束信息具有关联关系。例如所述第二波束信息与所述第二TCI信息或所述第三参考信号信息例如第三参考信号索引具有关联关系。
应理解，这里的第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息、第二TCI信息和物理信道的定义以及确定方法和前面相同，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息是由所述网络设备通过所述第一控制信息指示的。例如，第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息中的波束指示信息用于确定所述第二波束信息。
作为一示例，终端设备被高层参数预配置多个与第二波束关联的信息，第一控制信息中包括波束指示信息，所述波束指示信息中包括第二波束信息。终端设备根据该第二波束信息从该多个与第二波束关联的信息中确定当前用于传输应答信息时与第二波束关联的目标信息，从而确定应答信息的信道接入过程中所使用的波束，或者确定根据所述目标信息确定的波束来进行定向信道检测。
作为另一示例，终端设备被高层参数预配置一个与第二波束关联的信息，则终端设备根据该配置的与第二波束关联的信息确定应答信息的信道接入过程中所使用的波束，或者确定根据所述与第二波束关联的信息确定的波束来进行定向信道检测。在这种情况下，第一控制信息可以不用于确定第二波束信息。
可选地，所述与第二波束关联的信息包括以下至少一种：第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息和第二TCI信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息与以下至少一种的关联关系是根据高层参数配置、所述网络设备指示和预定义等方式中的至少一种确定的：第一参考信号信息、第二参考信号信息、第三参考信号信息、第一TCI信息和第二TCI信息。
作为一示例，网络设备通过高层参数配置所述第二波束信息与第一TCI信息或第二参考信号信息关联。或者，网络设备通过高层参数配置所述第二波束信息与第二TCI信息或第三参考信号信息关联。或者，网络设备通过高层参数配置所述第二波束信息与第一参考信号信息关联。
在一些实施例中，如果所述第二波束信息与第一参考信号信息具有关联关系，则所述终端设备根据收发波束对应关系确定第二波束信息，从而确定应答信息传输对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备不能获取第二波束信息，或终端设备没有被提供第二波束信息，则终端设备确定应答信息对应的信道接入方式对应全向信道检测。
实例五、终端设备确定应答资源信息。
在一些实施例中，应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：资源信息、时域位置信息、下行分配指示信息和功控信息。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述网络设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，应答资源包括以下一种：PUCCH资源、PRACH资源、SRS资源和PUSCH资源。
下面以应答资源是PUCCH资源为例举例说明。
在一示例中，PUCCH资源的资源信息可以是根据高层参数和/或网络设备指示的方式确定的。例如，网络设备通过高层参数配置多个PUCCH资源信息，并通过第一控制信息中包括的应答资源指示信息中的资源信息来指示终端设备使用该多个PUCCH资源信息对应的多个PUCCH资源中的哪个PUCCH资源来传输应答信息。又例如，网络设备通过高层参数配置一个PUCCH资源信息，则终端设备使用根据该PUCCH资源信息确定的PUCCH资源来传输应答信息。在这种情况下，第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息中可以不包括资源信息。
在一示例中，PUCCH资源的资源信息可以是预定义的，例如协议约定的。
在一示例中，PUCCH资源的时域位置信息可以是根据预定义、高层参数和/或网络设备指示的方式确定的。例如，高层参数配置或预定义的HARQ反馈时序集合中包括多个K1值，网络设备通过第一控制信息中包括的应答资源指示信息中的时域位置信息(例如HARQ反馈时序指示信息)来指示终端设备使用该多个K1值中的哪个K1值来确定PUCCH资源的时域位置。又例如，高层参数配置或预定义的HARQ反馈时序集合中包括一个K1值，则终端设备根据该K1值确定PUCCH资源的时域位置。在这种情况下，第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息中可以不包括时域位置信息(例如HARQ反馈时序指示信息)。
在一示例中，PUCCH资源的时域位置信息可以是预定义的，例如协议约定的。例如，所述应答资源的时域位置与所述第一控制信息的时域位置之间的间隔预定义为预设值Ka。如果终端设备在时隙n上收到该第一控制信息，则终端设备应在时隙n+Ka上发送对应的应答信息。或者，如果终端设备在时隙n上收到该第一控制信息，则应答资源的位置为满足该间隔值条件例如为时隙n+Ka后的第一个可用的应答资源。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息包括下行分配指示信息包括C-DAI信息和/或T-DAI信息，其中，所述C-DAI信息和/或T-DAI信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置。
在一些实施例中，第一控制信息中的应答资源指示信息包括功控信息(例如TPC command for scheduled PUCCH)，终端设备可以根据该功控信息确定传输应答信息的发射功率。
实例六、终端设备确定应答信息的内容。
在一些实施例中，应答信息可以承载在如下至少一种信道中：PUCCH、PRACH、SRS和PUSCH。
在一些实施例中，承载应答信息的PUSCH中不包括上行共享信道UL-SCH。
在一些实施例中，应答信息包括HARQ-ACK信息，或者，应答信息只包括ACK信息。其中，HARQ-ACK信息包括ACK信息或NACK信息。
在一些实施例中，ACK表示允许发送，NACK表示不允许发送。
在一些实施例中，应答信息包括1比特HARQ-ACK信息或1比特ACK信息。
在一些实施例中，该1比特应答信息通过PUCCH格式0传输。
在一些实施例中，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的 至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的。
应理解，所述第一频域资源以及所述请求-应答过程对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的定义和确定方式如前所述，此处不再赘述。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括M个比特，其中每个比特对应所述M个频域资源中的一个频域资源。其中，所述M个比特中与所述K个频域资源对应的比特位置上的应答信息对应允许发送，所述M个比特中的其他比特位置上的应答信息对应不允许发送。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括M个比特，其中每个比特对应所述M个频域资源中的一个频域资源。其中，当K大于0时，所述M个比特中与所述K个频域资源对应的比特位置上的应答信息对应允许发送，所述M个比特中的其他比特位置上的应答信息对应不允许发送。当K为0时，所述终端设备不发送所述应答信息。
作为一示例，第一频域资源中包括M个频域资源，所述M个频域资源中的K个频域资源上对应所述网络设备向所述终端设备发起的请求-应答过程，K为小于或等于M且大于或等于0的整数，所述应答信息包括K个比特，其中每个比特对应所述K个频域资源中的一个频域资源。可选地，所述K个比特的排列顺序是根据下行分配指示信息例如C-DAI信息和/或T-DAI信息确定的。
作为示例，第一频域资源为终端设备被配置的激活BWP上的第一频域资源集合，第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，其中，一个频域资源集合可以为一个资源块RB集合。如图6所示，终端设备的激活BWP上包括4个RB集合，分别为RB集合0～3。相应地，终端设备发送的应答信息中包括4个比特，分别与该4个RB集合一一对应。当终端设备收到关联该4个RB集合中的RB集合0和1的传输请求信息时(作为示例，在图中以RTS表示)，终端设备向网络设备发送的应答信息如下表4所示(作为示例，在图中以CTS表示)。网络设备在收到终端设备发送的应答信息后，可以通过RB集合0和1中的资源向该终端设备发送下行传输。
表4、应答信息示例
RB集合0 RB集合1 RB集合2 RB集合3
ACK ACK NACK NACK
在一些实施例中，应答信息可以通过参考信号序列，例如PRACH序列或SRS序列来携带。当终端设备向网络设备发送该参考信号序列，则说明该终端设备向网络设备发送允许传输的应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备没有收到第一控制信息，则不向网络设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备没有收到第一控制信息，则在预配置或预定义的时频资源上向网络设备发送NACK信息。例如，在半静态信道占用的信道接入机制中，用于发送应答信息的资源可以是预配置或预定义的且是周期出现的，在这种情况下，如果终端设备没有收到第一控制信息，则可以在对应的应答资源上发送NACK信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息是终端设备专用的控制信息例如通过UE-specific PDCCH传输的DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息是公共或组公共的控制信息例如通过Group-common PDCCH传输的DCI。
本申请实施例可以应用于终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息例如下行控制信息，并根据该第一控制信息确定网络设备是否请求传输(或者说是否发起请求-应答过程)，相应地，终端设备确定是否向网络设备发送应答信息。或者，可以应用于网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一控制信息例如上行控制信息，并根据该第一控制信息确定终端设备是否请求传输，相应地，网络设备确定是否向终端设备发送应答信息。又或者，可以应用于终端设备到终端设备的侧行链路传输中的第一控制信息例如侧行控制信息，在这种情况下，第一终端设备可以接收第二终端设备发送的第一控制信息，并根据该第一控制信息确定第二终端设备是否请求传输，相应地，第一终端设备确定是否向第二终端设备发送应答信息。
综上，本发明实施例中描述了应答信息的传输过程，可用于接收侧辅助的信道接入过程中的信息交互。本发明中的第一控制信息可以包括与第一设备对应的传输请求信息。第一设备在接收到该第一控制信息中包括的该第一设备的传输请求信息后，可以确定是否向第二设备发送应答信息，以及在确定发送应答信息的情况下，根据确定的应答信息传输关联的波束信息、应答信息传输对应的信道接入方式、该信道接入方式关联的波束信息、应答资源的时域位置和资源信息、应答信息内容等相关信息中的至少 一种，向第二设备发送应答信息，从而完成和第二设备之间的信息交互。
以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式，但是，本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节，在本申请的技术构思范围内，可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型，这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如，在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征，在不矛盾的情况下，可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合，为了避免不必要的重复，本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如，本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合，只要其不违背本申请的思想，其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如，在不冲突的前提下，本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合，组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。
还应理解，在本申请的各种方法实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外，在本申请实施例中，术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向，其中，“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向，“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向，“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如，“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外，本申请实施例中，术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系。具体地，A和/或B可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
上文详细描述了本申请的方法实施例，下文将详细描述本申请的装置实施例，应理解，装置实施例与方法实施例相互对应，类似的描述可以参照方法实施例。
本发明实施例还提供一种无线通信装置900，应用于第一设备，如图9所示，包括：
第一接收模块901，配置为接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；
第一确定模块902，配置为根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下，所述第一设备根据以下信息中的至少一种，向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息：
波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述波束指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息包括：
所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述波束指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第二波束信息，所述第二波束信息用于确定所述第一设备在所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息包括以下至少一种：
所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息；
所述第一控制信息关联的第一传输配置指示信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息；
物理信道关联的第二传输配置指示信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息，其中，所述物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。
在一些实施例中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，若根据所述应答资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
资源信息，所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源；
时域位置信息，所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置；
下行分配指示信息，所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置；
功控信息，所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。
在一些实施例中，当所述应答资源指示信息用于指示所述资源信息，
所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息； 或者，
所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述资源信息包括随机接入前导序列索引信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述资源信息包括SRS资源信息。
在一些实施例中，当所述资源指示信息用于指示所述时域位置信息，
所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会；或者，
所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述信道接入指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式；
所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。
在一些实施例中，所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式包括以下其中之一：不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。
在一些实施例中，所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式；和/或，
所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。
在一些实施例中，所述信道接入指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一设备根据所述频域资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。
在一些实施例中，所述频域资源指示信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息对应的第一控制信息格式，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的或者预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；或，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，确定不向 所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；或者，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输；或者，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则确定向所述第二设备发送所述第一应答信息；或者，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定不允许传输，则确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；
和/或，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，第一确定模块902，还配置为：
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；和/或，
若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定不允许传输，则确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息；和/或，所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的；
其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源中的所有频域资源对应相同的应答资源；或者，所述至少一个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应一个应答资源；
其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，装置900还包括：第一发送模块，配置为：
在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下，
在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下，向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；或者，
在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下，不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
本发明实施例还提供一种无线通信装置1000，应用于第二设备，如图10所示，包括：
第二发送模块1001，配置为向第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，装置1000还包括：第二确定模块，配置为：
在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，确定接收所述第一设备的应答信息；或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，确定不接收所述第一设备的应答信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第二确定模块，配置为：
在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第一应答信息；或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的应答信息，其中，
所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第二确定模块，配置为：
在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；和/或，
在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息，其中，
所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息；和/或，所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的；
其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源中的所有频域资源对应相同的应答资源；或者，所述至少一个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应一个应答资源；
其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
在一些实施例中，所述装置还包括：第二接收模块，配置为：
根据以下信息中的至少一种，接收所述第二设备的所述应答信息：
波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
在一些实施例中，当根据所述波束指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第二设备接收所述应答信息所使用的波束。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息包括：
所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义。
在一些实施例中，当根据所述应答资源指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
资源信息，所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源；
时域位置信息，所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置；
下行分配指示信息，所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置；
功控信息，所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。
在一些实施例中，当所述应答资源指示信息用于指示所述资源信息，
所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述资源信息包括随机接入前导序列索引信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述资源信息包括SRS资源信息。
在一些实施例中，当所述资源指示信息用于指示所述时域位置信息，
所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息；或者，
所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会；或者，
所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第二设备根据所述频域资源指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区；
所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP；
所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。
在一些实施例中，所述频域资源指示信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；或者，
所述第一控制信息对应的第一控制信息格式，指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息不用于确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的或者预定义的。
在一些实施例中，所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
本发明实施例还提供一种通信设备，包括处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器，其中，所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时，执行上述第一设备执行的无线通信方法的步骤，或上述第二设备执行的无线通信方法的步骤。
图11是本发明实施例的通信设备(第一设备或第二设备)的硬件组成结构示意图，通信设备1100包括：至少一个处理器1101、存储器1102和至少一个网络接口1104。通信设备1100中的各个组件通过总线系统1105耦合在一起。可理解，总线系统1105用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。总线系统 1105除包括数据总线之外，还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图11中将各种总线都标为总线系统1105。
可以理解，存储器1102可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，也可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是ROM、可编程只读存储器(PROM，Programmable Read-Only Memory)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM，Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM，Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、磁性随机存取存储器(FRAM，ferromagnetic random access memory)、快闪存储器(Flash Memory)、磁表面存储器、光盘、或只读光盘(CD-ROM，Compact Disc Read-Only Memory)；磁表面存储器可以是磁盘存储器或磁带存储器。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM，Static Random Access Memory)、同步静态随机存取存储器(SSRAM，Synchronous Static Random Access Memory)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM，Dynamic Random Access Memory)、同步动态随机存取存储器(SDRAM，Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(DDRSDRAM，Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(ESDRAM，Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(SLDRAM，SyncLink Dynamic Random Access Memory)、直接内存总线随机存取存储器(DRRAM，Direct Rambus Random Access Memory)。本发明实施例描述的存储器1102旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本发明实施例中的存储器1102用于存储各种类型的数据以支持电子设备1100的操作。这些数据的示例包括：用于在电子设备1100上操作的任何计算机程序，如应用程序11021。实现本发明实施例方法的程序可以包含在应用程序11021中。
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1101中，或者由处理器1101实现。处理器1101可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1101中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1101可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP，Digital Signal Processor)，或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。处理器1101可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤，可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于存储介质中，该存储介质位于存储器1102，处理器1101读取存储器1102中的信息，结合其硬件完成前述方法的步骤。
在示例性实施例中，通信设备1100可以被一个或多个应用专用集成电路(ASIC，Application Specific Integrated Circuit)、DSP、可编程逻辑器件(PLD，Programmable Logic Device)、复杂可编程逻辑器件(CPLD，Complex Programmable Logic Device)、FPGA、通用处理器、控制器、MCU、MPU、或其他电子元件实现，用于执行前述方法。
本发明实施例还提供了一种存储介质，用于存储计算机程序。
可选的，该存储介质可应用于本发明实施例中的第一设备或第二设备，并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本发明实施例的各个方法中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的设备。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令设备的制造品，该指令设备实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
以上所述，仅为本发明的实施例而已，并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。凡在本发明的精神和范围之内所作的任何修改、等同替换和改进等，均包含在本发明的保护范围之内。

Claims (55)

  1. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；
    所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下，所述第一设备根据以下信息中的至少一种，向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息：
    波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述波束指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第一波束信息包括：
    所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法，其中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义。
  6. 根据权利要求2至5中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述波束指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第二波束信息，所述第二波束信息用于确定所述第一设备在所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述第二波束信息包括以下至少一种：
    所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息；
    所述第一控制信息关联的第一传输配置指示信息或所述第一控制信息关联的第二参考信号信息；
    物理信道关联的第二传输配置指示信息或所述物理信道关联的第三参考信号信息，其中，所述物理信道包括所述请求-应答过程对应的物理信道。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其中，所述第二波束信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
  9. 根据权利要求2至8中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述应答资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
    资源信息，所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源；
    时域位置信息，所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置；
    下行分配指示信息，所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置；
    功控信息，所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，当所述应答资源指示信息用于指示所述资源信息，
    所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述资源信息包括随机接入前导序列索引信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述资源信息包括SRS资源信息。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其中，当所述资源指示信息用于指示所述时域位置信息，
    所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会；或者，
    所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时域位置。
  12. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
  13. 根据权利要求2至12中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述信道接入指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息，所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
    所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式；
    所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中，所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式包括以下其中之一：不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式；和/或，
    所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述信道接入指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义的。
  17. 根据权利要求2至16中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述频域资源指示信息向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，所述频域资源指示信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
  19. 根据权利要求1至18中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
    所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息对应的第一控制信息格式，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，包括：
    若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一设备确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
    若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一设备确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的或者预定义的。
  22. 根据权利要求1至21中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
    第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
  23. 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；或，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
  24. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；或者，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输；或者，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第一应答信息；或者，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一 设备确定不允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述第二应答信息或者不发送应答信息。
  25. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；
    和/或，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
  26. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息，包括：
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；所述第一应答信息表示允许传输；和/或，
    若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备对应的所述第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源发起所述请求-应答过程，且所述第一设备确定不允许传输，则所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或者不发送所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息；所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
  27. 根据权利要求24至26中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息；和/或，所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。
  28. 根据权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的；
    其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
  29. 根据权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源中的所有频域资源对应相同的应答资源；或者，所述至少一个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应一个应答资源；
    其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
  30. 根据权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息；或者，
    在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下，所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。
  31. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备确定接收所述第一设备的应答信息；或，
    在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备确定不接收所述第一设备的应答信息。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第一应答信息；或，
    在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的应答信息，其中，
    所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
  34. 根据权利要求31至33中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第一应答信息；和/或，
    在所述第一控制信息未用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源的请求-应答过程的情况下，所述第二设备根据所述第一控制信息确定接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的第二应答信息或不接收所述第一设备的所述至少一个频域资源对应的应答信息，其中，
    所述第一应答信息表示允许传输，所述第二应答信息表示不允许传输。
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的方法，其中，所述第一应答信息为肯定确认ACK信息；和/或，所述第二应答信息为否定确认NACK信息。
  36. 根据权利要求31至35中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述第一频域资源包括的频域资源个数确定的，或者，所述应答信息包括的比特数是根据所述至少一个频域资源中的频域资源个数确定的；
    其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
  37. 根据权利要求31至36中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述请求-应答过程对应第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述至少一个频域资源中的所有频域资源对应相同的应答资源；或者，所述至少一个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应一个应答资源；
    其中，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区，每个小区对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP，每个BWP对应的频域资源为一个频域资源；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合，每个频域资源集合对应的频域资源为一个频域资源。
  38. 根据权利要求31至37中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二设备根据以下信息中的至少一种，接收所述第二设备的所述应答信息：
    波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和频域资源指示信息。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其中，所述第二设备根据所述波束指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息，所述波束指示信息包括第一波束信息，所述第一波束信息用于确定所述第二设备接收所述应答信息所使用的波束。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其中，所述第一波束信息包括：
    所述应答信息关联的第一参考信号信息。
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法，其中，所述第一波束信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定、由所述第二设备指示和预定义。
  42. 根据权利要求38至41中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二设备根据所述应答资源指示信 息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息，所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种：
    资源信息，所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源；
    时域位置信息，所述时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置；
    下行分配指示信息，所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置；
    功控信息，所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其中，当所述应答资源指示信息用于指示所述资源信息，
    所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述资源信息包括随机接入前导序列索引信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述资源信息包括SRS资源信息。
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法，其中，当所述资源指示信息用于指示所述时域位置信息，
    所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息；或者，
    所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会；或者，
    所述应答资源包括探测参考信号SRS资源，所述时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时域位置。
  45. 根据权利要求42至44中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述应答资源指示信息中的至少一种的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
  46. 根据权利要求38至45中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二设备根据所述频域资源指示信息接收所述第一设备的所述应答信息；所述频域资源指示信息用于确定所述请求-应答过程对应的第一频域资源中的至少一个频域资源，所述第一频域资源包括以下中的一种：
    所述第一设备被配置的第一小区对应的频域资源，所述第一小区包括至少一个小区；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一带宽部分BWP对应的频域资源，所述第一BWP包括至少一个BWP；
    所述第一设备被配置的第一频域资源集合对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源集合包括至少一个频域资源集合。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其中，所述频域资源指示信息的确定方式包括以下至少一种：
    根据高层参数确定的、由所述第二设备指示的和预定义的。
  48. 根据权利要求31至47中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息，指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；或者，
    所述第一控制信息对应的第一控制信息格式，指示所述第一控制信息是否用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其中，若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程；或者，
    若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息，所述第一控制信息不用于确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的或者预定义的。
  51. 根据权利要求31至50中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息，所述传输请求信息用于确定以下至少一种信息：
    第一指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息、信道接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。
  52. 一种无线通信装置，应用于第一设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第一接收模块，配置为接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息；所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程；
    第一确定模块，配置为根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。
  53. 一种无线通信装置，应用于第二设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第二发送模块，配置为向第一设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。
  54. 一种通信设备，包括处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器，其中，
    所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时，执行权利要求1至30任一项所述的无线通信方法的步骤，或者权利要求31至51任一项所述的无线通信方法的步骤。
  55. 一种存储介质，存储有可执行程序，所述可执行程序被处理器执行时，实现权利要求1至30任一项所述的无线通信方法，或者权利要求31至51任一项所述的无线通信方法。
PCT/CN2021/071342 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质 WO2022150993A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180089462.3A CN116746250A (zh) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
PCT/CN2021/071342 WO2022150993A1 (zh) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071342 WO2022150993A1 (zh) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022150993A1 true WO2022150993A1 (zh) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=82446384

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071342 WO2022150993A1 (zh) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116746250A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022150993A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105657849A (zh) * 2014-09-24 2016-06-08 阿尔卡特朗讯 在通信网络中调度允许发送信令的方法和装置
US20190274165A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-05 Apple Inc. Request to Send (RTS)/Clear to Send (CTS) Design in 5G
CN110831160A (zh) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 用于信道占用指示的方法和装置
WO2020063781A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 JRD Communication (Shenzhen) Ltd. Conflict avoidance in a cellular network

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105657849A (zh) * 2014-09-24 2016-06-08 阿尔卡特朗讯 在通信网络中调度允许发送信令的方法和装置
US20190274165A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-05 Apple Inc. Request to Send (RTS)/Clear to Send (CTS) Design in 5G
CN110831160A (zh) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 用于信道占用指示的方法和装置
WO2020063781A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 JRD Communication (Shenzhen) Ltd. Conflict avoidance in a cellular network

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
TCL COMMUNICATION: "Receiver-assisted LBT for NR-U", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1812718_RECEIVER-ASSISTED_LBT_FOR_NR-U, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Spokane, USA; 20181112 - 20181116, 11 November 2018 (2018-11-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051554677 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116746250A (zh) 2023-09-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021232382A1 (zh) 侧行反馈资源配置方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2020147115A1 (zh) 用于非授权频谱的无线通信方法和设备
WO2021016973A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法、电子设备及存储介质
WO2022110233A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN112997556B (zh) 传输信号的方法及设备
US11611985B2 (en) Grant of resources for downlink and uplink communication via one or more relay user equipment
CN116095865A (zh) 一种资源选择方法、终端设备及存储介质
US20220352923A1 (en) Frequency hopping methods, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2023082356A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和终端设备
WO2021212372A1 (zh) 资源分配方法和终端
US20220394503A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022147797A1 (zh) 信道接入方法及设备
WO2022217443A1 (zh) 信道估计方法、终端设备、网络设备、芯片和存储介质
WO2023019463A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
WO2022141629A1 (zh) 资源确定方法、第一终端设备和第二终端设备
WO2022188110A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法、电子设备及存储介质
AU2018407271A1 (en) Channel transmission method and apparatus, and computer storage medium
WO2022150993A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2022021008A1 (zh) 确定侧行链路配置授权资源的方法和终端设备
WO2022036523A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法及设备
WO2022150990A1 (zh) 一种无线通信的方法及装置、通信设备
WO2022150991A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
WO2022082785A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2023060559A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和终端设备
WO2022141652A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21918211

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180089462.3

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21918211

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1